You are on page 1of 400

HEALTHCARE

Imaging Services Service Manual


Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

1st Edition *

* For the revision status per chapter please refer to the latest version of the “Checklist for Completeness”
in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1
09-2012 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34453491
sw_00_about manual_e_template_v09
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E About this Manual

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 0 / Page 2 of 7


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E About this Manual

► Purpose of this Document

This document provides information on the structure and contents of the


SE Suite 2.0 Service Manual.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.0:
1.1 09-2012 Adapted information to SE Suite 2.0.1:
 Adapted storage capacity information.
 Removed Multi-Site functionality.
 Removed SE Worklist Client ‘free version’.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 0 / Page 3 of 7


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E About this Manual

► Chapter Overview

Chapter
0 Order List

0 Generic Safety Directions

1 Product Description

2 Safety Directions

3 Installation Planning

4 Installation

5 Configuration

6 Acceptance Test

7 Upgrade Installation

8 Release Information

9 Troubleshooting

10 Service Bulletins

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 0 / Page 4 of 7


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E About this Manual

► Explanation of notes

Safety relevant Notes


Icon Signal Word Situation
CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or damage to the
equipment described in the manual and/or damage to any
other equipment or goods and/or environmental pollution can
be the consequence.
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a user,
engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or serious injuries can be the
consequence.

Not-safety relevant Notes


Icon Name Type of Information
INSTRUCTION: Indicates an instruction where it is important to follow literally
the described actions.

IMPORTANT: Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out


to prevent malfunction.

NOTE:  Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action


without having a direct influence on the step or action.
 Highlights unusual points.
 Indicates background information.
 Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.

► Conventions

Highlighting of Tasks
Task number Task Description Remark
(1) Connect the cable. Examples for working steps to be performed in
(2) Switch the machine on. the listed sequence.

Highlighting of Buttons, Functions and Names within a Task


(1) Press <F9> or double-click the Examples are: Menu topics, keyboard keys,
<Refresh> button. icons, device buttons, commands etc.
(2) Enter file name. In this example a file name has to be entered
as term.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 0 / Page 5 of 7


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E About this Manual

1 About this Manual

This is the Service Manual for the software product "SE Suite 2.0”.

Target reader of this manual:


The target reader is the field service engineer, who installs, configures and maintains
the product.

"SE Suite 2.0" in a nutshell:


SE Suite 2.0 is a complete and self-contained software solution that enables the
manipulation, management and centralization of medical imaging data.
 It allows to choose softcopy or hardcopy-based workflow.
 It facilitates workflow and the path from analog to digital imaging.
 Its modular design is tailored to the needs of environments such as private
practices, small imaging centers, orthopedic, chiropractic, veterinary practices
and imaging clinics.
 The SE Suite 2.0 software consists of different components which can be
installed in different configurations:
o "SE Standalone" including optional Web Server
o "SE Server" including Web Server
o SE Client
o SE Web Client
o SE Worklist Client
o SE Media Viewer
 The configuration determines the functionality of the SE Suite 2.0.
SE Suite

DICOM Modality SE Server SE Standalone

DICOM Printer SE Client SE Media Viewer SE Web Client

Online Storage SE Worklist


Client

Figure 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 0 / Page 6 of 7


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E About this Manual

Availability of Service Documentation and Software:


The SE Suite 2.0 Service Documentation and the SE Suite 2.0 Software are
available on the Agfa HealthCare Library:

SE Image Management => SE Image Management => SE Suite 2.0

New features of SE Suite 2.0:

SE Suite 2.0 offers following new features compared to its predecessor version,
SE Suite 1.3:

 Adapted storage capacity information (10.000 studies for CR and 30.000 studies
for DR / CT studies).
 Extended support of operating systems:
o New: Windows 64-bit environment
o New: Windows 2008 foundation server
 Bundled configuration and setup tools in “SE Central”:
Comfortable access to configuration settings
 SE Web Client access to SE Standalone.
 Ability to acquire images from an Agfa CR entry level digitizer (CR 10-X or
CR 30-X 2nd) on SE Standalone.
 Tablet PC support for Web Client.
 Several application related features added:
o Improved Hanging Protocol (HP) functionality:
HP for several CR/DR images, not only for Mammography
o Integration of Agfa’s Orthogon* software
o Comfortable editing of demographic elements layout: No more XML editing
required to add or remove demographic elements like e.g. referring physician
or StudyID.
o Reworked graphical user interface

*Orthogon is a qualified orthopedic measurement software to use for diagnostic an follow-up


purpose for orthopedic deformations and post- operative illnesses.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 0 / Page 7 of 7


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services Generic Safety Directions
Document No: DD+DIS238.06E

Generic Safety Directions


for HealthCare Imaging Products

► Purpose of this Document

This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant information including
relevant environmental and occupational safety instructions for the Service Engineer.
It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products and part of each Service Documentation as well as
Installation Planning document.
The latest version is available via MedNet, GSO Library path:
General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous Revision 1.2:
1.3 07-2009 • Updated table with laser classification to latest changes of the
corresponding standard. See section 3.3.
• Added section Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions.
See section 9.
• Added safety note concerning inroom installations of CR equipment
and corresponding X-ray shielding. See section 17.
• Added laser safety note and safety note concerning electrical checks
after repairs. See section 19.
• Added treatment for Lithium batteries in sections 19 and 21.
• Updated information concerning the recycling pass. See section 24.

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
Not applicable Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 11849633
eq_generic_safety_directions_e_template_v01
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the
equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 2 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 DISCLAIMER......................................................................................................... 5

2 USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6

3 LABELS ................................................................................................................. 7

3.1 CE Mark................................................................................................... 7
3.2 System Labels ......................................................................................... 7
3.3 System Labels concerning Laser Radiation ............................................ 8
4 PRODUCT COMPLAINTS .................................................................................. 10

5 REFERENCES .................................................................................................... 10

6 INTENDED USE.................................................................................................. 11

7 INTENDED USER ............................................................................................... 11

8 QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11

9 ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12

10 CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13

11 ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14

12 COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................... 14

13 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17

14 RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18

15 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18

16 GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19

17 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 20

18 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 22

19 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 23

20 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 26


DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 3 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

21 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE


PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................27

22 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS.................................27

23 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .................27

24 RECYCLING ........................................................................................................27

25 WASTE DISPOSAL .............................................................................................28

26 ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI) ...................................28

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 4 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

1 Disclaimer

The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified


personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.

Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.

No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.

Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with


respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.

Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.

Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you don’t
operate the product correctly or if you don’t have it serviced correctly.

Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.

NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 5 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

2 Used Icons

Icon Name and Circumstances


CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or
damage to the equipment described in the manual and/or
damage to any other equipment or goods and/or environmental
pollution can be the consequence.
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a
user, engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries
can be the consequence.

INSTRUCTION:
If used in combination with the warning or caution sign: Indicates
a specific instruction, which if followed exactly, avoids the
subject of the warning or caution.
If used without warning or caution sign: Indicates an instruction
where it is important to follow literally as described.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action.
Highlights unusual points.
Indicates background information.
Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
Is additional information without influence on the action or step!

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 6 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

3 Labels

3.1 CE Mark

CE Mark This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity)
becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the
manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.

3.2 System Labels

All system labels and software version number locations are referred to within this service
document in the appropriate section.
Enclosed an overview of common labels, according to ISO 3864.
This list is not complete.

Hot Surface Laser Beam Magnetic Field Ionizing Radiation

Obstacles Corrosive Liquid High Voltage Hand Injuries


C&W_005.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 7 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

3.3 System Labels concerning Laser Radiation

According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries.
Each laser source is classified from class 1 to class 4, based on standard
DIN EN 60825-1:2007.
The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed
instructions in the user manual and technical documentation.

Class # Meaning Example Label

Class 1: Not dangerous to the human eye, even


when using optical instruments. Can
nevertheless produce irritating effects, CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
especially with low ambient light
conditions.

Class 1 M: Not dangerous to the human eye if no


optical instruments (magnifying glass or LASER RADIATION
binocular) are used. DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
Can nevertheless produce irritating OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

effects, especially with low ambient light CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT

conditions.

Class 2: Dangerous to the human eye for


intentional staring into the beam.
Not dangerous for short term exposure
< 0,25 seconds.
Using optical instruments does not
increase the risk of eye injury. LASER RADIATION
Can even for short term exposure < 0,25
seconds produce dazzling and irritating DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM

effects, especially with low ambient light CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT


conditions.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 8 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Class # Meaning Example Label

Class 2M: Dangerous to the human eye when


staring into the beam or when using
optical instruments (magnifying glass or
telescope). No hazard for short term
exposure < 0,25 seconds (aversion
response of the eye) without use of LASER RADIATION
optical instruments. Can produce DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM
dazzling and irritating effects even for OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
short term exposure < 0,25 seconds, CLASS 2M LASER PRODUCT
especially at low ambient light conditions.

Class 3R: Possibly dangerous to the human eye for


direct view into the beam.
Risks of an eye injury is increasing with
duration of exposure.
Can produce dazzling and irritating
effects, especially with low ambient light LASER RADIATION
conditions.
AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE

CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT

Class 3B: Normally dangerous to the human eye


for direct view into the beam.
Viewing diffuse reflections is normally not
dangerous.
Risk of small skin injuries or ignition of
explosive material if the power of the LASER RADIATION
laser beam is close to the upper limits of
class 3 B. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM

CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT

Class 4: Dangerous to the human eye for direct


view into the beam or viewing diffuse
reflections.
Very often class 4 lasers also implicate a
fire hazard.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EYE OR SKIN EXPOSURE
TO DIRECT OR SCATTERED
RADIATION
CLASS 4 LASER PRODUCT

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 9 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

4 Product Complaints

Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident
Agfa HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written
correspondence to the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com

Agfa – Gevaert N.V.


Septestraat 27
2640 Mortsel, Belgium.
Fax +32 3 444 4485

5 References

Technical Documentation is available via MedNet (PDF) and your local Agfa HealthCare
support organisation (Paper).

Access to MedNet:
IntraNet: http://docs.agfanet/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 10 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

6 Intended Use

This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.

7 Intended User

This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic X–Ray
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.

8 Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks

This Technical Documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
The Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have
received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product
and applicable environmental and occupational safety matters before attempting to work
with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country.
Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make
sure that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the
force of law.
Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 11 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

9 Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions

Each Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineer and Clinical Application Specialist:

• Must make his or her personal contribution to improve safety and protect the
environment.
• When working on a customers site, has a duty to take reasonable care to avoid injury
to himself or herself or to others who may be affected by their acts or omissions.
• Is obligated to adhere strictly to regulations and instructions.
• Shall familiarise himself or herself with the provisions of the Agfa Healthcare
Health, Safety and Environment Policy and any specific rules or procedures relating to
occupational safety at work and the protection of the environment.
• Shall promptly report any near misses, accidents, incidents or dangerous occurrences
to their line manager and co-operate fully in any investigation.
• Shall co-operate with company management on matters relating to
health, safety and environment and, where appropriate, discuss with and / or assist
their manager in resolving matters relating to health, safety and environment.
• Shall ensure that any company equipment issued to them, or, for which they are
responsible, is correctly used and properly maintained.
• Shall wear protective equipment whenever instructed or if it is recommended to do so.
• Shall be responsible for good housekeeping in the area in which he or she is working.
• Shall report situations, which could put them at risk, on either company or
customers' premises, to their manager or supervisor; and, if warranted, directly and in
confidence, to the Health and Safety Co-ordinator, Global HSE Manager, or ultimately
to the Managing Director.
• Shall report any injuries, diseases or dangerous occurrences to his or her line
manager.
• Shall report any accidents, incidents or near misses to his or her line manager.
• Shall report any situation of which he or she is aware that is potentially dangerous.
• Shall comply with any health surveillance procedure instituted for his or her benefit or
for compliance with regulations.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 12 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

10 Connections to other Equipment

Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare
equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as
compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare
service on request.
Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to
do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and
all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the
hospital.
The Agfa HealthCare products are designed to communicate with other devices in the
hospital network using DICOM protocols.

Connections to other equipment:


Warning:
Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product
may lead to a safety hazard.

INSTRUCTION:
Consult the Technical Documentation before making any connections to other equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
• Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.
• Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been performed
in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 harmonized
national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard IEC
60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system Configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 13 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

11 Accessories and Spare Parts

Parts and accessories replacement:


WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.

INSTRUCTION:
• Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
• Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
• Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.

12 Compliance

Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:


Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)

• ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The


products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the
conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the
technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended users, they will not
compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of
users.

• ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY: Full quality assurance system


ISO 13485

• ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION: The clinical evaluation follows a defined and


methodologically sound procedure.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 14 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Applied Standards for HealthCare Imaging Products

• IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for
basic safety and essential performance

• ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices – Application of risk management to medical devices

• IEC 60601-1-2, It specifies the MANUFACTURER of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME


SYSTEM provides information to the RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION that is essential
in determining the suitability of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM for the
electromagnetic environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment
of use to permit the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM to maintain BASIC SAFETY and
provide its ESSENTIAL PERFORMANCE without disturbing other equipment.

Additional standards for documentation:

IEC 62079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions - Structuring, content and presentation

Harmonization:

Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/

This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document
of the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/ to assist development
of a consistent, harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a
global regulatory model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, user,
patient or consumer, and to Regulatory Authorities and support global convergence of
regulatory systems.

IECEE CB SCHEME

The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system
for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products.
It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations.
Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member
countries of the CB Scheme.

Details see www.iecee.org

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 15 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Radiation of radio frequency:


CAUTION: For USA only:
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference
to radio communication.

Note:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 16 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

13 Safety Directions for Operation

Accessibility of the mains power switch:


CAUTION:
Do not obstruct the mains power switch.
Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection.

• Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully they will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare
service organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this
Technical Documentation.
• All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
• Ventilation openings must not be covered.
• If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
• Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
• If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
• Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.

Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen which
may cause an explosion.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 17 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Usage of an un-interruptible power supply:


Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.

14 Radiation Protection

Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the jurisdiction
in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those authorized by
the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be made of all
radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.

Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.

15 Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection

• Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
SYSTEM parts or ACCESSORIES that can become contaminated through contact
with the PATIENT or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service
documents.
• Disconnect the power supply from the equipment prior to cleaning the equipment.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 18 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

16 General Safety Directions for Service Activities

• This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
• Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
• Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
• The safety directions for operation (see section 13) are also valid for all service
activities.
• During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
• All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
• Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all Allen screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
• All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the text.
• Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232, RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).

• When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a
PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.

Static discharge at electrical components:


CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(Order number: CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this
strap on a grounded conducting metal piece.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 19 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

17 Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities

Protecting CR (Computed Radiography) Equipment against scattered X-Rays:


Warning:
Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.

The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way,
that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.

Protecting Film-Screen Systems against scattered X-Rays:


Warning:
Film is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.

The film-screen system shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual
dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.

Accessibility of the power disconnection device:


Warning:
Electrical device. Shock possible.

INSTRUCTION:

• Do not position Agfa EQUIPMENT so it is difficult to operate the disconnection device


when an APPLIANCE COUPLER or separable plug is used as isolation.
• Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 20 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

• The device complies with the EN 60601-1, 2006 standard for Information Technology.
This means that, although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact
with the equipment. Therefore the operator console must be placed outside a radius
of 1.5 m around the patient.

R = 1.5m

1.5m
1.5m

Patient environment

• This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.

Fixing equipment at the wall or floor:


Warning:
Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

Floor load:
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.

Fixing equipment at the ceiling:


CAUTION:
Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or
damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 21 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

18 Safety Directions for Installation Activities

• If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare


trained personnel.
• If damage of the package is visible from the outside contact your local AGFA
representative.
• Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care
must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted/carried to avoid injury. The relevant
instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved by
mechanical means or by several people.
• When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-cable
disconnecting device in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is
easily accessible.
• Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if
accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely.
• This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g., a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.

Connection of the device to the power supply:


CAUTION:
Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply:

INSTRUCTION:
Prior to connecting the device to the mains:
• Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
• Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
• Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
• Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 22 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Ground potential differences:


CAUTION:
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.

INSTRUCTION:
• Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power Source as
the PC.
• When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical environments
a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in different localities.
If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a HAZARD for the
OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.

19 Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities

• This Technical Documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa HealthCare service personnel, including the
periods to be applied.
• In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
• Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
• Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
• After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
• If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 23 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.

INSTRUCTION:

• Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.


• Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
• Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the manufacturer.
• When removing lithium batteries from the equipment take appropriate measures to
avoid short circuit of the battery:
Either use tape to cover the two poles of the battery or put the battery back in its
original packing and secure the packing by tape.

Performing the electrical test according to national regulations:


WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device or too high leakage current may lead to
electric shocks.
• After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains voltage
inform the responsible organization 1 about the necessity of the electrical test
according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
• Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.

NOTE:
On MedNet, GSO Library path "General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual" a form “IEC 62353:2007 Test Documentation” for CR Digitizers is
available, to be handed out to the responsible organization (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).

1
Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The
accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 24 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Performing service activities at devices emitting laser radiation:


WARNING:
Laser radiation. Eye injury possible.

INSTRUCTION:

• Strictly observe the warning notes in the service manual of devices emitting laser
radiation (See service manual chapter describing Safety Guidelines / General
Repair Instructions) and at the corresponding steps of instructions.
• Strictly observe the warning labels at the modules emitting laser light. For the
meaning of the labels refer to section 3.3 in this document.
• Do not look into the laser beam.
• Do not open modules containing a laser. Only open modules containing a laser if
explicitly instructed to do so.
• Do not keep tools in the laser beam unless explicitly instructed to do so.
• Make yourself familiar with the path of the laser light and the conditions, when the
laser beam is switched on. Refer to the Functional Description in the
corresponding service manual.
• Do not operate modules with laser outside the device.

Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.

Cleaning optical elements:


CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 25 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.

Opening PCs and Workstations:


Warning:
Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.
• Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.
• Unplug before opening.
• Observe anti-static safety regulations.

Replacing fuses:
Warning:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.

20 Safety Directions for remote Service Activities

Remote Service Activities:


Warning:
During remote service activities images can be lost.
Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to
stop working on the system.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 26 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

21 Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts,


Accessories and Devices

• In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)


must be shipped with batteries disconnected.
• Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices.
• Before returning any spare part with a built in lithium battery remove it and dispose the
batteries locally according to local waste regulations.

22 Safety Directions concerning Modifications

Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be


implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare.
This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical
safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances,
removal of locks/instructions etc.).

23 Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials

'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or
which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The “Hazardous Material”
instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with
when performing work to avoid health risks.
Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them
are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the
hazardous substances.

24 Recycling

Agfa HealthCare has Recycling Passports available for all equipment. The Recycling
Passport explains whether hazardous materials, special components and batteries are
present, where they are located and how they can be removed at the end of the life cycle.

The Recycling Passports are meant to be used as information for waste treatment
partners and companies that want to recycle end-of-life Agfa equipment.

To get a copy of the required Agfa HealthCare Recycling Passport please contact your
local Sales organization.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 27 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E Generic Safety Directions

25 Waste Disposal

On August 13, 2005, the European Directive on Waste Electrical and


Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 2002/96/EC, amended by Directive
2003/108/EC, came into force.

The directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) aims to


prevent the generation of electric and electronic waste and to promote the
reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery. It therefore requires the collection
of WEEE, recovery and reuse or recycling.
This directive has to be implemented into national law by the individual
European countries by August 13th 2005.

Due to the implementation into national law, specific requirements can be


different within the European Member States.
This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and / or on
its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household
waste.
For more detailed information about take-back and recycling of this product,
please contact your local Agfa service organization. By ensuring this product is
disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences
for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by
inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will
help to conserve natural resources.
If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators
please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.

26 Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)

AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized affiliates are responsible for
the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or
parts that are removed from the customer’s site. This also applies to the exchange of
spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or
refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health
Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMS, backup tapes, archive tapes.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 28 of 28
07-2009 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Chapter 1
Imaging Services Product Description
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document provides the product description of SE Suite 2.0, the intended use,
possible configurations and process descriptions.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.0:
1.1 09-2012 Adapted information to SE Suite 2.0.1:
 Adapted storage capacity information.
 Removed Multi-Site functionality
 Removed SE Worklist Client ‘free version’

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1
09-2012 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34451233
sw_01_description_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 2 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

LIST OF CONTENTS
1 INTENDED USE .......................................................................................................................4
1.1 SE Client/Standalone Intended Use .........................................................................................6

1.2 SE Server Intended Use ...........................................................................................................6

1.3 SE Web Client Intended Use ....................................................................................................6

1.4 SE Media Viewer Intended Use ................................................................................................6

1.5 Intended Users for SE Suite .....................................................................................................7

1.6 Intended Environment for SE Suite ..........................................................................................7

2 INFORMATION FOR STORAGE .............................................................................................8


3 CONNECTIVITY .......................................................................................................................8
4 MENUS AND FUNCTIONAL KEYS..........................................................................................9
5 ADDITIONAL SOFTWARE FOR SERVICE ...........................................................................10
6 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE ..............................................................................................11
6.1 Process View - SE Standalone ...............................................................................................11

6.2 Process View – SE Client / Server .........................................................................................13

6.3 Process View – RIS Integration – Patient Admission .............................................................16

7 SE SUITE ACCESS AND SECURITY STRATEGY ...............................................................18


7.1 Authentication Management ...................................................................................................18

7.2 User Policy ..............................................................................................................................18

7.2.1 Overview of pre-installed User Profiles (also known as Roles) ..............................................19

7.3 Technical Approach ................................................................................................................21

7.3.1 General Architecture ...............................................................................................................21

7.3.2 Configuration Files ..................................................................................................................22

7.3.3 User Preferences Files ...........................................................................................................24

7.4 Functional Approach ...............................................................................................................25

7.4.1 User Login Application Behavior.............................................................................................25

7.4.2 User Logout Application Behavior ..........................................................................................25

7.5 Administrating Microsoft Windows Accounts for SE Server/Client Configuration ..................25

7.5.1 Configuration when no Domain is available............................................................................26

7.5.2 Configuration when Domain is available.................................................................................27

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 3 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

1 Intended Use

This section describes the intended use of the “SE Suite 2.0” solution which is
composed of the following software components:

 SE Server incl. SE Web Server


 SE Client
 SE Standalone incl. optional SE Web Server (requires extra license)
 SE Web Client
 SE Worklist Client
 SE Media Viewer

It is available in a Standalone and Server / Client configuration:

Agfa Entry SE Suite 2.0


Level Digitizer Standalone Configuration

SE Standalone SE Worklist
Client
DICOM Printer

SE Media Viewer SE Web Client

Online Storage

DICOM Modality
(CT, MR, US)

Figure 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 4 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

Agfa Entry
Level Digitizer
SE Suite 2.0
Server - Client Configuration

SE Server SE Worklist
Client
DICOM Printer

SE Client SE Media Viewer SE Web Client

Online Storage

DICOM Modality
(CT, MR, US)

Figure 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 5 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

1.1 SE Client/Standalone Intended Use

The SE Client / SE Standalone Workstations are intended to perform operations


relating to the display, digital processing, review, transfer, storage, printing,
measurements and to be integrated with separately cleared third party applications.
They are intended for use by the physician to aid diagnosis and by medical
professionals whenever they require access to medical images and patient
demographic information.

1.2 SE Server Intended Use

The intended use of SE Server is as a Pictures Archiving and Communication System


(PACS), providing functionality related to the acceptance, storage, transfer and digital
processing of medical images. The software provides functions for performing
operations related to image manipulation or compression.

1.3 SE Web Client Intended Use

The SE Web Client is a web based DICOM viewer, client of SE Server or the SE
Standalone, intended to perform operations relating to the display and review.It is
intended for use by the physician or medical professionals whenever they require
access to medical images and patient demographic information. It is not intended for
primary diagnosis.

1.4 SE Media Viewer Intended Use

The SE Media Viewer is a DICOM viewer intended to perform operations relating to


the display and review of medical images and patient demographic information. It is
intended for use by the physician or medical professionals whenever they require
access to medical images and patient demographic information. It is not intended for
diagnosis.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 6 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

1.5 Intended Users for SE Suite

means: Intended user means: No intended user


Media
User Client Web Client Server
Viewer
Radiologist
Physician

Technologist
PACS Administrator
General Practitioner
Agfa Service Personnel
Others when necessary *
* Secretary/nurse

1.6 Intended Environment for SE Suite

Media
Environment Client Web Client Server
Viewer
In X-ray rooms*
Outside X-ray rooms
Private radiologist
sites
Clinic
Imaging centre
Emergency room
Intensive care
Mobile environment**
Military environment
Radiotherapy
Department
Home***
* Only essential personal performing X-rays are allowed into the X-ray room.
No Client station would be placed here.
** On a mobile van
*** With secure connection (VPN or HTTPS)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 7 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

2 Information for Storage

 CR studies: 10.000 studies / year corresponds to 0.4Tb of image data per year
(calculated at an average study size of 40 Mb per study.
 Mix of DR / CT studies: 30.000 studies / year corresponds to 2.4Tb of image data
per year (calculated at an average study size of 80 Mb per study).

3 Connectivity

The SE Suite requires a network to exchange information with other devices.


SE Suite software communicates with other devices in the hospital network using the
following protocols or standards:

# Protocol / Standard Reference to SE Suite specific Document


1 DICOM (Digital Imaging www.agfa.com > HealthCare > Global > Products &
and Communications in Services > Interoperability > DICOM connectivity >
Medicine) DICOM 3.0 Conformance Statements *
2 HL7 (Health Level www.agfa.com > HealthCare > Global > Products &
Seven) Services > Interoperability > HL7 Conformance
Statements *

NOTE:
Also note the IHE (Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise) statement, available at:
www.agfa.com > HealthCare > Global > Products & Services > Interoperability > HL7
Conformance Statements > IHE Integration Statement *

* Also available in following path of the installed software on SE Client / Standalone:


C:\Program Files\AGFA Healthcare\SE Client\Documentation\DCS

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 8 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

4 Menus and Functional Keys

NOTE:
Menus and functional keys to be operated by the customer are not part of this
chapter. This functional description describes service specific activities only.
For an overview of functional keys to be operated by the customer, refer to the
SE Reference User Manual available in the Agfa HealthCare Library:
SE Image Management  SE Image Management  SE Suite 2.0  Reference
User Manual  Reference User Manual
or on the SE installed system in following directory:
C:\Program Files\AGFA Healthcare\SE Client\Documentation\User Manuals

A shortcut is also available on the Desktop and in Start > All Programs > Agfa
HealthCare.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 9 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

5 Additional Software for Service

This section informs about necessary additional software for service, the purpose and
how to get it.

Name Purpose How to get / Comment


HL7 Inspector Inspecting HL7 communication www.elomagic.de
between SE Suite and RIS See the Troubleshooting
Guide (DD+DIS106.09) for an
instruction how to use it.
XML Notepad XML editor to edit XML notepad:
or Cooktop Imageinfo.xml. www.microsoft.com
See also chapter 05 –
Configuration. cooktop XML editor:
www.xmlcooktop.com
Adobe Reader Reading user and service Installation link available on
documents. the SE Suite Installer main
menu.
Download the latest Adobe
Reader at: www.adobe.com
DVT DICOM Validation Tool: www.agfa.com*
Supports connectivity and For DVT trainings refer to the
troubleshooting. Academy HealthCare portal:
http://healthcare.agfa.net
(Extranet link)
* Or follow path: www.agfa.com => HealthCare => Other countries, global website =>
Support => Interoperability => DICOM Connectivity => DICOM Validation Tool.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 10 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

6 Software Architecture

This section explains following aspects of the software architecture:


 Process view SE Standalone: See section 6.1
 Process View SE Server: See section 6.2
 Process View – RIS Integration – Patient admission: See section 6.3

6.1 Process View - SE Standalone

Figure 3 shows how SE Standalone interacts with the different system components.

Third Party Workstation


DICOM Modality DICOM dir RIS Agfa Entry
PACS
(Scanner) Level Digitizer

1 2 DICOM 5
DICOM Store DICOM PDI 3 HL7 Acquisition
Query Retrieve Store ADT 4
11
A01/A08/A40

Firewall - VPN Gateway


Backup system - Router
SE
Standalone 6 Up to 5
SE Web Client

Internet
File Access
Up to N 10
9 8 7 HTTPS
DICOM
Print DICOM PDI
Network Storage
DICOM instances

SE Media Paper Printer


DICOM Printer
Viewer
Diagnostic

Figure 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 11 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

# Item Description
1 DICOM Store Query Via the DICOM Query Retrieve protocol, SE Standalone
Retrieve (SCU/SCP) is able to Query a PACS Server/Workstation and retrieve
selected DICOM instances.
SE Standalone can act as a provider as well for this
service.
2 DICOM Store Via the DICOM Store protocol any DICOM Entity can
(SCP/SCU) push DICOM instances to SE Standalone.
SE Standalone can also send DICOM instances to any
DICOM Entity.
3 DICOM PDI (Portable Via the DICOM PDI profile, it is possible to read or
Data for Imaging) import DICOM instances from a CD or DVD.
Input
4 HL7 – ADT – SE Standalone is able to manage a DICOM Worklist
A01/A08/A40 which can be automatically edited/updated thanks to
HL7 ADT (Admission Discharge and Transfer) messages
(A01 only) sent by a RIS.
SE Standalone is also able to perform Patient
Reconciliation thanks to HL7 ADT messages (A08/A40
only) sent by a RIS.
The WKL (= Worklist) license option is required to enable
A01 messages. For A08/A40, the QA option is required.
5 Acquisition SE Standalone can acquire images directly from an Agfa
CR entry level digitizer (e.g. CR 10-X and CR 30-X2nd):
The NX workstation is not required.
6 Connection to SE It is possible to get access to the SE Standalone
Web Client (including SE Web Server) via SE Web Client (Up to 5
Web Client at the same time, depending on the license
option EXTxx). Both HTTP and HTTPS (SSL certificates
required for HTTPS) communication protocols are
supported. However, VPN is recommended when
HTTPS is NOT used.
7 Printing to non- It is possible to print any DICOM images on a Microsoft
diagnostic desktop Windows desktop printer (local or network printer)
printer declared on the workstation.
The PP (= Paper Print) license option is required to
enable this feature.
8 DICOM PDI output Via the DICOM PDI profile, it is possible to export
DICOM instances on a CD or DVD including the SE
Media Viewer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 12 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

# Item Description
9 DICOM Print Via the DICOM Print protocol any DICOM printer can be
used for printing images in diagnostic quality. All Agfa
printers can be connected.
10 Network Storage By default, DICOM instances are stored on local hard
drive. However, it is also possible to store on one or
more Network Attached Storage (NAS).
11 System Backup SE SmartBackup Tool allows user to backup database
settings and images on a network folder. This task can
be regularly launched via Microsoft Windows Task
Scheduler tool.

6.2 Process View – SE Client / Server

Figure 4 shows how SE Server interacts with the different system components.

DICOM dir Third Party Workstation DICOM Modality DICOM Modality RIS
PACS (CR System) (Scanner)

DICOM Store DICOM 6


DICOM
DICOM Store Storage Commitment Store 7
DICOM 3 DICOM
PDI 1 4 5 HL7
Query Retrieve Query Retrieve ADT
2
A01/A08/A40

Up to 5 SE Client
Dual / Single Screen
Workstation DB Connection 8
15 SE Server + Web

Backup system
11 File Access
File Access 10
Up to N

Firewall - VPN Gateway - Router

DICOM 12 Network Storage 9


Print 13 DICOM instances Up to 15
14 SE Web Client
DICOM PDI Internet

HTTPS

SE Media Paper Printer


DICOM Printer
Viewer
Diagnostic

Figure 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 13 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

# Item Description
1 DICOM PDI Via the DICOM PDI profile, it is possible to read or import
Input DICOM instances from a CD or DVD via SE Client.
2 DICOM Store Via the DICOM Query Retrieve protocol, SE Client/Server is
Query Retrieve able to Query a PACS and Retrieve selected DICOM instances
(SCU) via SE (Note: Images are retrieved on SE Server).
Client
3 DICOM Store Via the DICOM Query Retrieve protocol, any third PACS
Query Retrieve workstation can Query SE Server for images and Retrieve them.
(SCP) from SE
Server
4 DICOM Store Via the DICOM Store protocol, SE Server can receive DICOM
(PACS) SCP instances from any DICOM Entity.
SE Client can also send DICOM instances to any DICOM Entity.
5 DICOM Store This protocol allows Agfa Workstation or Modality to ensure that
Storage DICOM instances were correctly received by SE Server.
Commitment
SCP
6 DICOM Store Via the DICOM Store protocol any DICOM Modality can push
(Modality) DICOM instances directly to SE Server.
7 HL7 – ADT – SE Server/Client is able to manage a DICOM Worklist which
A01/A08/A40 can be automatically edited/updated thanks to HL7 ADT
messages (A01 only) sent by a RIS.
SE Server/Client is also able to perform Patient Reconciliation
thanks to HL7 ADT messages (A08/A40 only) sent by a RIS.
The WKL (= Worklist) license option is required to enable A01
messages. For A08/A40, the QA option is required.
8 System SE SmartBackup Tool allows user to backup SE Server
Backup database, settings and images on a network folder. This task
can be regularly launched via Microsoft Windows Task
Scheduler tool.
9 Connection to It is possible to get access to the SE Server (including SE Web
SE Web Client Server) via SE Web Client (Up to 15 Web Client at the same
time, depending on the license option EXTxx). Both HTTP and
HTTPS (SSL certificates required for HTTPS)) communication
protocols are supported. However, VPN is recommended when
HTTPS is NOT used.
10 Network By default, DICOM instances are stored on SE Server local hard
Storage drive. However, it is also possible to store on one or more
Network Attached Storage (NAS).
(SE Server)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 14 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

# Item Description
11 Printing to non- It is possible to print any DICOM images on a Microsoft
diagnostic Windows desktop printer (local or network printer) declared on
desktop printer the workstation.
The PP (= Paper Print) license option is required on SE Client to
enable this feature.
12 DICOM PDI Via the DICOM PDI profile, it is possible to export DICOM
output instances from SE Client to a CD or DVD including the SE
Media Viewer.
13 DICOM Print Via the DICOM Print protocol any DICOM printer can be used
for printing images in diagnostic quality. All Agfa printers can be
connected.
14 Network It is possible to open any DICOM instances available in SE
Storage Server database and stored on one or more Network Attached
Storage (NAS).
(SE Client)
15 SE Databases are stored on SE Server, therefore there is a
Client/Server continuous connection to update databases when handling data
with SE Client.
DB Connection

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 15 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

6.3 Process View – RIS Integration – Patient Admission

Figure 5 shows the RIS integration and patient admission of


SE Server / SE Standalone and the interaction with other system components.

COMPUTER
SE Server DB /
SE Standalone DB
DICOM INSTANCES

SE Server / SE Standalone application


DICOM Modality
(Scanner)

DI
CO
M
UPDATE TIMER

8 St
or
e
DICOM Modality
HL7

(CR System) 6

Modality Worklist
Cache DB
HL7 Cache DB
Patient Update A08
Patient Merge A40

5 4
Patient Visit A01
DB Update

DB Update

1
So
Por cket
RIS (HL7) t 25 3
75
Mailbox Socket 2
Port 205
Windows
Service

Socket Secretary
HL7 Gateway Dicom Worklist Provider Port 3320
SE Worklist Client
Socket port 3320

DICOM Modality DICOM Modality


(CR System) (Scanner)

Figure 5

# Item Description
1 RIS (HL7) HL7 Gateway Windows Service is able to receive HL7
ADT messages (A01/A08/A40 only) sent by a RIS in
order to perform patient’s reconciliation or modify
existing DICOM worklist.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 16 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

# Item Description
2 SE Worklist Client incl. SE Worklist Client is a user interface which allows a
free version secretary to manually add or edit patients in a DICOM
Worklist. When retrieving the Worklist from the
DICOM Worklist Provider Windows Service (also
known as DMWKL service) a DICOM C-FIND request
is performed on port 3320. When editing the existing
Worklist, Port 205 is used (IPC communication
socket).
3 DICOM Worklist Provider When receiving an A01 ADT HL7 message from a
Mailbox RIS, the HL7 Gateway Windows Service modify the
received message format into a proprietary one and
drop it into the DICOM Worklist Provider Mailbox for
integration.
4 Modality Worklist Cache Data managed by the DICOM Worklist Provider
DB Windows Service are stored in the WORKLIST SQL
database.
5 Update of HL7 Cache All A08 and A40 ADT HL7 messages are stored in
Table in IMPAX_SE DB HL7 Cache Table of IMPAX_SE DB.
6 HL7 Update Timer These A08 and A40 ADT HL7 messages available in
HL7 Cache Table are periodically treated by SE
Server or SE Standalone application for Worklist
Update.
7 Worklist Provider Any DICOM Entity can get the DICOM Modality
Worklist from the DICOM Worklist Provider Windows
Service.
8 Modalities DICOM Store Patient demographics data retrieved from the DICOM
Worklist Provider can be used for DICOM images
creation. Afterwards, these DICOM images can be
stored on the SE Server or SE Standalone
application.

NOTE:
The WKL (= Worklist) or QA (= Quality Assurance) license option is required for all the
features related to HL7 and worklist.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 17 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

7 SE Suite Access and Security Strategy

This section describes the user management and security functions in the SE Suite
software solution.

7.1 Authentication Management

SE Suite User Accounts, User Profiles (or Roles) and User Operations are managed in
the SE User Management Tool.

Figure 6: SE User Management Tool

7.2 User Policy

When talking about security, we need to make the distinction between:


 Authentication: Who are you?
On SE Suite, the users with their passwords and policies.
 Authorization: What are you allowed to do?
The authorization model used in SE Suite is RBAC (Role Based Access Control)
where Role is also known as Profile.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 18 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

Figure 7 reflects the multi-level user right assignment on SE:

Figure 7: Multi level user rights in SE Suite

7.2.1 Overview of pre-installed User Profiles (also known as Roles)

Following user profiles or roles are available by default in the SE software solution:

ADMINISTRATOR: User account that can be used by the hospital IT personnel or


service to login to the local system for administrative,
configuration and troubleshooting tasks.
CLASSIC USER: Standard user account with clinical use rights (Image display
and reporting, customization, modification saving ...).
GUEST: User account that can be used for demo or temporary access by
service or clinical user with highly restricted access and DEMO
text as overlay on images (Read only database).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 19 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

The dependencies of user profiles and access rights or 'operations' are as follows:

 The access rights to the different SE functions are bundled into 'operations'.
These operations cannot be changed.

 The operations are bundled into 'User Profiles’ (also known as Roles). The SE
system provides a set of predefined profiles (i.e. Administrator, Classic User and
Guest) that should fulfill normal requirements. These profiles cannot be configured
(default profiles are locked) but can be derived. These Derived Profiles can be
customized.
See SE Suite 2.0 Technical Documentation: Chapter 5, Configuration SE Suite

 A Profile defines which operations can be executed. Users can be ‘enrolled’ to one
profile only. A Profile can be assigned to several user accounts.

Figure 8: Dependencies in SE Suite User Accounts Management

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 20 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

7.3 Technical Approach

This section describes the technical approach of the SE Suite user account
management.

7.3.1 General Architecture

Figure 9 shows the general architecture of the SE Suite user account management.

Figure 9: Client/Server architecture

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 21 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

NOTE:
 In a Standalone configuration the authentication database, SE application, Profile
and Configuration folders are on the same machine (On the same disk but not the
same partition).
 In a Client/Server configuration the authentication database and the Profile folder
are on the server. This Profile folder must be shared with SE clients with read and
write access (See SE Suite 2.0 Technical Documentation Chapter 4, Installation).

7.3.2 Configuration Files

This section describes the configuration files, their purpose and behavior.

 Configuration files roles


o Description_NameOfTheComponent.xml
This file defines the predefined default User Profiles (Administrator, Classic
User and Guest) that cannot be modified.

o Custom.xml
This file defines the customizable User Profiles derived from a predefined one.

o Profile.xml
This file defines the User Profile of a given User Account.

o AccessPolicy.ini
Defines the security rules to follow concerning login.

 File behavior in Standalone Configuration


o Description_SIGMACOM.xml
This file is saved in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\Profile folder as
soon as SE Standalone application is launched for the first time.

o Custom.xml
This file is saved in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\Profile as soon as
a derived profile is created in SE User Management Tool.

o Profile.xml
This file is saved in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\Profile \#1 (where 1
is user subfolder) as soon as this user account is created in SE User
Management Tool.

o AccessPolicy.ini
Defines the security rules to follow concerning login.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 22 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

 File behavior in Client/Server Configuration


o Description_SIGMACOM.xml
This file is created in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\Profile folder as
soon as SE Server application is launched for the first time. Its size is around
3 KB and contains teleradiology options only. This file is automatically updated
with full options (file size around 36 KB) as soon as Client is installed and
launched for the first time (user account connection is not needed).

NOTE:
 As soon as the SE Server is restarted, the Description.xml
file is overloaded one more time (with Teleradiology options
only). However, this file will be updated again when a client
will be launched.
 If it is required to create/customize a user account or a
derived profile, make sure that a client has been started at
least once since last server restart.

o Custom.xml
This file is saved in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\Profile as soon as
a derived profile is created in SE User Management Tool.

NOTE: This file is not as dynamic as description.xml file. It is not impacted


during server restart.

o Profile.xml
This file is saved in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\Profile \#1 (where
1 is user subfolder) as soon as this user account is created in SE User
Management Tool.

o AccessPolicy.ini
Defines the security rules to follow concerning login.

NOTE:
File profile.xml is not as dynamic as description.xml file. It is not
impacted during server restart.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 23 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

7.3.3 User Preferences Files

This section describes the user preferences files, what they are, where they are located
and when they are updated.

What are user preferences files: User preferences are defined in configuration files
(e.g. xml files) such as ImagePreferences.xml.
Where are they located: User preferences files are saved in the user subfolder (which
name is a number) of the Profile:
- In client/server configuration: Saved on server in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE
Server\Settings\Profile shared folder.
- In standalone configuration: Saved in D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE
Client\Settings\Profile folder.

Figure 10 User Preferences files path

When are they updated: These files are created/updated as soon as user logs out.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 24 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

7.4 Functional Approach

This section describes the functional approach of the SE Suite user account
management.

7.4.1 User Login Application Behavior

The application behavior concerning the user login looks as follows:


 Login dialog box: user must fill in login and password then click ok button.
 Login and password verification: information comparison on Authentication
database on the server (or standalone)
 If information is correct and user account different than previously connected user
account, user account profile is loaded.
 User may have to change his password if needed (Password policy).
 User can be blocked when attempting to login unsuccessfully if needed
(Password policy).

7.4.2 User Logout Application Behavior

The application behavior concerning the user logout looks as follows:


 Logout dialog box: user click on Quit SE in the login/logout dialog box
 User’s preferences files are saved in Profile file on the server (or Standalone)

7.5 Administrating Microsoft Windows Accounts for SE Server/Client


Configuration

Sections 7.1 to 7.4 describe the importance of folders/files sharing and read/write
permissions for given user accounts/groups in SE Server/Client configuration.
However, the way these Microsoft Windows user accounts must be created and
permission granted is not obvious in Server/Client configuration and mainly depends on
the availability of a Network Domain on the clinical site where SE Suite will be installed.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 25 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

7.5.1 Configuration when no Domain is available

The fundamental things to know here is the fact that Windows user accounts on the SE
Client need their counterpart on the SE Server to get connection possible between the
client and the server. For instance, when a limited MS Windows account is created on
the client (e.g. SE User), the same MS Windows user account (with the same name,
profile and permissions) must be created on the server side.
Then, on the server operating system, it is needed to provide explicitly this user (or
User Group if this account is affected to a given User Group) the full access rights to
the shared Profile folder (and therefore its content) in the security tab.

See Service manual Chapter 4, Installation of SE Suite 2.0.

Example:

Figure 11: Client/Server Configuration: Counterpart Accounts

NOTE:
Providing full control rights for Everyone in the Sharing/Permissions for the Profile
folder is not sufficient.
The same strategy must be applied on the Images shared folders.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 26 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Product Description

7.5.2 Configuration when Domain is available

When a Network Domain is available on the clinical site, the user accounts registration
and permissions granting on specific folders is much easier. There is no need to create
counterpart accounts on the server. The administrator just needs to grant permissions
to the relevant user accounts on the domain (or user groups if user accounts are
assigned to a user group).
See Service Manual Chapter 4, Installation.

NOTE:
Providing full control rights for Everyone in the Sharing/Permissions for the Profile
folder is sufficient to get a system working properly, however security level is not high.
It is the site administrator responsibility to fine tune the security strategy of his network
domain to increase security.
The same strategy must be applied on the Images shared folders.

Example:

Figure 12: Client/Server Configuration: Access Control when a Network Domain is available

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 1 / Page 27 of 27


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE Chapter 2
Imaging Services Safety Directions
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document provides all product specific safety information and instructions the
field service engineer must know when working with SE Suite 2.0.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date
1.0 02-2012 Initial version

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0
02-2012 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34453292
sw_02_safety_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 2 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SE SUITE 2.0.............................................................................4


1.1 Safety Directions for Installation and Installation Planning of SE Suite 2.0..............................4

1.2 Safety Directions for Configuration of SE Suite 2.0 ..................................................................5

1.2.1 Advanced Configurations..........................................................................................................5

1.2.2 SE User Management Tool (Add or edit Custom Profile).........................................................6

1.2.3 Screen Settings.........................................................................................................................6

1.2.4 Database...................................................................................................................................7

1.2.5 Windowing.................................................................................................................................7

1.2.6 DICOM Store Options ...............................................................................................................8

1.2.7 DICOM Print Options ................................................................................................................8

1.2.8 XML Configuration Files............................................................................................................9

1.2.9 Smartbackup for SE Suite 2.0.................................................................................................10

1.2.10 Server only: Service Management Dialog Box Setup.............................................................10

1.3 France only: Safety Directions for Teleradiology Installation..................................................11

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 3 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

1 Safety Directions for SE Suite 2.0

1.1 Safety Directions for Installation and Installation Planning of SE Suite 2.0

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
SE software must only be installed by authorized and trained service personnel.
Any hardware configuration running SE software should be selected, configured and
setup according to the installation instructions, hardware and software requirements
provided by Agfa Healthcare.

WARNING:
Images and data can be lost due to power or hardware failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator. At the same time, risks of data loss need to be contained by
implementation of suitable backup and data redundancy solutions.

WARNING:
Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) is strongly recommended in teleradiology
environment.
A lot of clinical sites perform power cuts to check back-up generators (e.g. each week)
which could lead to system failure (Server shut down). This results in delay in
teleradiology workflow if no UPS is available.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 4 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

1.2 Safety Directions for Configuration of SE Suite 2.0

1.2.1 Advanced Configurations

WARNING:
Incorrect settings can corrupt the application and endanger patient safety.
Don’t change settings when declared as 'keep defaults' in the service documentation.

WARNING:
By default ‘AE Title check’ option is disabled. Enabling ‘AE Title check’ option can
disrupt DICOM communication if modalities AE titles are not correctly set or modified
after configuration; SE application won’t accept communication anymore if modality
AE title is checked and not recognized.

CAUTION:
Violation of patient privacy possible.
Since the patient privacy information is human readible, it must be treated as
confidential information and protected from unauthorized access.

WARNING:
Existing priors possibly may not be displayed.
“Time relative” value of prior images MUST be greater than the time interval between
two screening exposures (according to screening rules of the country, in general 2
years) to make sure that existing priors will be available and displayed.

WARNING:
Wrong interpretation of DICOM information in Hanging Protocols possible.
When using the “DICOM information” option in Hanging Protocols, the displayed
information is not updated when selecting another image.

WARNING:
Clinical workflow, diagnosis or patient safety may be jeopardized.
SE traces events in .log files (based on .txt files) and in standard syslog repositories in
order to trace performed actions (ATNA needs) or to notify the SE administrator when
system/network failures occur in the application. Fix these as soon as possible to avoid
to jeopardize clinical workflow, diagnosis or patient safety.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 5 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

WARNING:
Storage Commitment SCU is not available from SE.
Successful transfer and storage of images is not guaranteed if image transfer is done
via SE only.

1.2.2 SE User Management Tool (Add or edit Custom Profile)

WARNING:
User may not be able to diagnose a kind of series/images or perform relevant
and specific actions.
Keep in mind, that disabling options in a custom profile will lock or unlock functionalities
and tools access.

1.2.3 Screen Settings

WARNING:
Wrong screen settings could lead to wrong measurement results or suboptimal
display and jeopardize patient safety.
 Be careful in changing screen settings and configuration (e.g. in multi monitor
display configuration, make sure screen resolution are equivalent). These screen
settings are used to compute image rendering.
 For “True size” zoom, screen settings must be correctly filled-in. True Size is
based on the resolution and screen physical size of the display area. It does not
take into account other hardware settings which could lead to inaccurate
measurement results.

WARNING:
Misinterpretation of images by missing calibration of displays jeopardizes
patient safety.
To guarantee the complete image quality chain and to be allowed to diagnose with
SE Standalone software, it is mandatory to connect monitor(s) DICOM calibrated and
to control regularly the quality of the display according the recommendation of your
monitor vendor.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 6 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

WARNING:
When using the SE software for diagnostic purposes, the display hardware should be
properly selected, setup and calibrated. Users performing mammography examinations
must always use grayscale monitors approved for mammography with a minimum of
5 megapixel resolution, or any other hardware in accordance with the local legal
requirements.

WARNING:
Remote control application (such as PC Anywhere, VNC, Network streaming...) won't
work if the monitor set as the "main monitor" in Windows settings has a resolution
higher than 1600 x 1200 pixels.
When a system is using a multi-monitor configuration using regular monitor
(15/17/19 inches) and diagnosis monitors (3MP/5MP), the main monitor MUST NOT be
a 3MP/5MP but a regular one (1024 x 768 pixels / 1280 x 1024 pixels).
The application provides functionality in 'configuration tool' to set the display area on
3MP/5MP monitors that are independent from the "main monitor" settings in Windows
display property.

1.2.4 Database

WARNING:
The Risk of mixing up patients can lead to misdiagnosis.
Don’t enable the functionality “Merge series for same study”.

WARNING:
Make sure that during HIS/RIS connection, the uniqueness of patient ID is carefully
checked.

1.2.5 Windowing

WARNING:
User may miss important image information.
Don’t change windowing settings. If the multiplication factor is too high relative to the bit
depth of the image, the application will apply excessive window leveling and user may
miss important information.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 7 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

1.2.6 DICOM Store Options

WARNING:
Loss of information within the image can cause misdiagnosis.
Enabling option “Hardcoded in image pixels” is in the responsibility of the user.
When ROI and/or any annotation are hard coded in the pixels, some relevant
information within the image might get lost because the original pixel information is
replaced by the ROI/annotation.

1.2.7 DICOM Print Options

WARNING:
Misdiagnosis based on improper printouts.
By default, the SE Standalone allows printing on DICOM Printers.
Only administrator profile is able to set-up printers in SE.
It is the responsibility of the Customer to ensure that the
configuration / calibration and the Quality tests have been made properly when
registering a new printer.
Advised settings for mammography:
Illumination = 4000, Reflected Ambient Light = 1
Once the quality control has successfully passed, these parameters must not be
modified unless one the component of the imaging chain has changed (e.g. light box
luminance).

WARNING:
When printing Mammography images, it is important to note that you may only print
one image per film, the print must be true size, and all images within a study must be
printed.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 8 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

1.2.8 XML Configuration Files

WARNING:
Wrong XML file editing can corrupt the application and endanger patient safety.
 SE software XML files can only be modified by authorized and trained service
personnel.
 Any SE software XML file must be modified according to the service/support
instructions provided by Agfa Healthcare.

WARNING:
Misinterpretation jeopardizes patient safety.
Refer to DICOM Standard to know the DICOM tag units.
For each DICOM tag having a digital value, TAG description and Unit (if existing) must
be inserted before the value itself to avoid units’ misinterpretation (e.g. Entrance Dose
150 mGY).

WARNING:
Loss of information at display can cause misdiagnosis.
Be careful, if too much information is put in ‘ImageInfo.xml’ and if its size exceeds 1/3
of window height and width, part of information may be not displayed especially if
option “Display DICOM information on the side opposite the member” is enabled.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 9 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

1.2.9 Smartbackup for SE Suite 2.0

WARNING:
It is recommended to perform a backup of existing configuration and databases before
any SE applications migration or update task.

WARNING:
Recovering wrong backup files can lead to problems with the software, database
crashes and loss of configurations.
In order to backup more than one configuration from different machines, it is mandatory
to specify a different backup path for each machine. In fact, only the last backup file is
conserved in the backup path and all older ones are removed.

1.2.10 Server only: Service Management Dialog Box Setup

WARNING:
Images can get lost because of automatic cleaning enabled.
When choosing auto cleaning 'thresholds', be aware that image local storage area
might be shared with other applications requiring disk space. Cleanup being based on
available space, it may clean more images than expected because same disk is used
by other programs. AGFA strongly advises the service engineer to dedicate a
hard drive partition to application image storage.
Before activating the automatic cleaning of oldest studies, system administrator and
services must carefully set the thresholds that trigger the cleaning of studies, according
to the medical legal rules of his/her country. The system must not start cleaning the
studies that are within the legal long term storage range.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 10 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Safety Directions

1.3 France only: Safety Directions for Teleradiology Installation

WARNING:
Because some emergency workflow can be critical, it is recommended to use
broadband Internet connection with Service Level Agreement (SLA) or to have
ISDN Backup to improve the uptime of the Internet access and make sure a study and
the corresponding context can be sent “anytime”.

WARNING:
Image storage path should never be modified in database settings since storage
location contains images. Otherwise, images previously stored will not be reachable
anymore even if listed in the application database window.

WARNING:
In the case of “Local user management”, the responsibility of having consistent folders
is not centralized anymore. If client sites don’t pay attention to user management, this
could lead to having folders created by unknown users.
This decision must be approved by teleradiology network policies.
In the case of “Local user management”, users unknown from server will not benefit of
additional user notification such as email or SMS.

WARNING:
When dual server mode is configured in teleradiology, it is important to synchronize the
both servers regarding time not to disrupt exchanges history and workflow.

WARNING:
Network settings are the basis of a Teleradiology configuration.
Therefore, the service engineer must particularly pay attention to these settings and
carefully test the Teleradiology workflow.

WARNING:
In Teleradiology configuration, the ‘clinical context form’ can be customized by clinical
site (a new DLL is created). The service engineer has to check that this DLL is present
in the Program folder. These DLL are named Context#X.dll (e.g. Context1.dll,
Context2.dll etc.).

WARNING:
User must carefully check the availability of the sound card or beeper activated on the
system, this is mandatory for a Teleradiology workstation. The volume must be set high
enough to produce an audible Teleradiology alarm.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 2 / Page 11 of 11


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE Chapter 3
Imaging Services Installation Planning
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

Before going on-site to install SE Suite 2.0 software it is essential that


the Field Service Engineer takes some preparatory measures to for allow a smooth
installation.
These tasks are explained in this document:
 Collecting information
 Obtaining a license file
 Check the site specific Hardware / Software Requirements and necessary
Hard Disk Partitioning
 Explaining the customer which preparation activities he has to perform

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date
1.0 02-2012 Initial version

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0
02-2012 Printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34451830
sw_03_install-planning_e_template_v08
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications
> Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task
on the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist
for Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 2 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 SAFETY DIRECTIONS.............................................................................................................4
2 COLLECTING INFORMATION.................................................................................................4
2.1 Asking for Contact Persons ......................................................................................................4

2.2 Collecting Network Settings for SE Suite..................................................................................4

2.2.1 Network Settings SE Standalone..............................................................................................5

2.2.2 Network Settings SE Server .....................................................................................................6

2.2.3 Network Settings SE Client.......................................................................................................7

2.2.4 Network Settings SE Worklist Client.........................................................................................7

2.2.5 Network Settings SE WebClient ...............................................................................................8

2.3 Collecting Network Settings for Peripheral Equipment .............................................................8

2.4 Asking for Security Requirements of the Customer................................................................10

2.4.1 User Permissions / Authorization............................................................................................10

2.4.2 Certificates ..............................................................................................................................11

2.4.3 Hospital Guidelines .................................................................................................................11

3 OBTAINING A LICENSE FILE................................................................................................12


4 CHECKING THE HARDWARE / SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS AND HARD DISK
PARTITIONING ......................................................................................................................14
5 PREPARATORY TASKS OF THE CUSTOMER ....................................................................15
5.1 Scheduling Installation Date ...................................................................................................15

5.2 Preparing the Installation Room..............................................................................................15

6 SITE READINESS CHECKLIST.............................................................................................16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 3 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

1 Safety Directions

Observe the safety directions for Installation and Installation Planning of


SE Suite 2.0. They are listed in chapter 2, Safety Directions, of the SE Suite
Service Manual.

2 Collecting Information

2.1 Asking for Contact Persons

Get names, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses of the people who are involved
in the SE Suite 2.0 installation:

Contact Persons Name Phone E-mail


Responsible
radiologist/radiographer
Hospital IT Manager

2.2 Collecting Network Settings for SE Suite

Ask the hospital IT manager to define and provide settings for the
network environment for all applicable SE Suite components that have to be
configured and enter them in the following tables.

IMPORTANT:
It is not allowed to use hostnames containing an underscore.

(1) Select information about the SE Suite 2.0 software configurations to be installed:

SE Suite 2.0 configuration To be installed: Reference:


SE Standalone No Yes 2.2.1
SE Server No Yes 2.2.2
SE Client No Yes 2.2.3
SE Worklist Client No Yes 2.2.4
SE Web Client No Yes 2.2.5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 4 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

2.2.1 Network Settings SE Standalone

Hostname
Workgroup No Yes Name:
Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
IP Address*

Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Number of planned studies / year
Remarks

In case of auto-archiving, a central unit dedicated to archiving is necessary:

Central Unit Hostname


Central Unit Workgroup No Yes Name:
Central Unit Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
Central Unit IP Address*
Central Unit Subnet Mask
Central Unit Default Gateway
* Provide IP Address only if DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is disabled.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 5 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

2.2.2 Network Settings SE Server

Hostname
Workgroup No Yes Name:
Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
IP Address*
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Number of planned studies / year
Storage internal disk NAS**
Remarks:

** NAS Network attached storage

NAS Hostname
NAS Workgroup No Yes Name:
NAS Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
NAS IP Address*
NAS Subnet Mask
NAS Default Gateway

In case of auto-archiving, a central unit dedicated to archiving is necessary:

Central Unit Hostname


Central Unit Workgroup No Yes Name:
Central Unit Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
Central Unit IP Address*
Central Unit Subnet Mask
Central Unit Default Gateway
* Provide IP Address only if DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is disabled.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 6 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

2.2.3 Network Settings SE Client

Hostname
Workgroup No Yes Name:
Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
IP Address*
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Remarks:

* Provide IP Address only if DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is disabled.

2.2.4 Network Settings SE Worklist Client

Hostname
Workgroup No Yes Name:
Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
IP Address*
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Remarks:

* Provide IP Address only if DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is disabled.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 7 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

2.2.5 Network Settings SE WebClient

Hostname
Workgroup No Yes Name:
Hospital Domain No Yes
Name:
Account to be used:
IP Address*
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Remarks:

* Provide IP Address only if DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is disabled.

2.3 Collecting Network Settings for Peripheral Equipment

Hard Copy 1st HCP 2nd HCP 3rd HCP 4th HCP
Printer*
Type/Make
Hostname
IP Address
DICOM Port
AE_title
Remarks:
* If applicable. Can be DICOM or Desktop printer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 8 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

Modality* 1st Modality 2nd Modality 3rd Modality 4th Modality


Type/Make
Hostname
IP Address
DICOM Port**
AE_title
HL7 No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes
Is storage No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes
commitment
supported?
Remarks:
* If applicable
**DICOM port can be different for each DICOM service.

PACS 1st Station 2nd Station 3rd Station 4th Station


Workstation
for Query
and Retrieve*
Type/Make
Hostname
IP address
DICOM Port
(Storage SCP
port)

DICOM Port**
(Storage Commit)

AE_title
(Storage SCP)

AE_title
(Storage Commit)

Is Storage
commitment
supported?
Remarks:

* If applicable
**DICOM port can be different for each DICOM service.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 9 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

DICOM Modality Server 1 Server 2


Worklist for Patient data
Reconciliation*
Hostname
IP address
MWL** port number
AE_title
* If applicable
** MWL: Modality Worklist

External Backup device*


How connected
Network destination
Remarks:

* If applicable

2.4 Asking for Security Requirements of the Customer

Ask the customer for specific requirements regarding data security policy of
the hospital as listed in sections 2.4.1 - 2.4.2.

2.4.1 User Permissions / Authorization

Ask the hospital personnel prior to the installation to decide how they want to define
the user profiles.

IMPORTANT:
SE Suite user and Microsoft Windows user are different user accounts.
There is no single sign on, therefore two user accounts need to be defined.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 10 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

2.4.2 Certificates

NOTE:
Certificates are applicable only for:
 Web Server in SE Server / SE Standalone
 Each Web Client

In case the hospital representative wants to work with Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
communication:
Collect the certificates of the devices with which the SE Suite 2.0 will need to
communicate prior to the installation.
The SSL connection cannot be tested unless all certificates are available.

2.4.3 Hospital Guidelines

The hospital guidelines contain advice to hospital IT-personnel concerning


security-related deployment of the SE workstation in a hospital network environment.
They contain:
 Useful hints on security improvement
 Limitations of the operating system/SE Suite 2.0 software

(1) Cross-check the guideline about password protection of the screen saver
together with the hospital IT manager and the hospital guidelines.
(2) Make sure all of the workstations have this feature enabled to prevent an internal
threat from taking advantage of an unlocked console. For best results:
 Choose the blank screensaver or logon screensaver.
 Make sure the wait setting is appropriate for the business. It is possible to
keep users from changing this setting via Group Policy or the local security
policy.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 11 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

2.4.3.1 Local Security Policy Setting Guidelines

NOTE:
The following settings concern the Local Security settings of the operating system.
How to edit the settings is described in service manual chapter 5, “Configuration”.

Using Software Restriction Policies


By using a software restriction policy it is possible to prevent unwanted programs from
running. This includes viruses and Trojan horses, or other software that is known to
cause conflicts when installed. Software restriction policies can be used on a
standalone computer by configuring the local security policy, or can be integrated with
Group Policy and Active Directory.

Collect customer input:

Remarks of the
customer:

3 Obtaining a License File

SE Suite 2.0 utilizes a software license key to secure the application.


It is required for each SE Server, SE Client, SE Standalone and Web Server for SE
Standalone.

The license key has to be obtained from the Agfa Electronic License Management
System (ELMS) before the SE Suite 2.0 installation at the customer site.
For details refer to the 'Service Documentation Licensing (ELMS)' on the Agfa
HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 12 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

Prerequisites to be able to get the license file:


 Internet access available at installation site.
 Operating system installed on each SE Suite 2.0 computer.
 SE Suite 2.0 software downloaded from the SE Suite FTP Server
(File size approximately 3,4 GB):
For an instruction how to access the FTP Server see following document on the
Agfa HealthCare Library: SE Image Management => SE Image Management =>
SE Suite 2.0 => Software (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
 SE Suite 2.0 DVD created from the downloaded ISO file.

(1) Insert the SE Installation DVD in


the DVD-ROM drive.
(2) Right-click on file
<StartMeFirst.exe> and select
<Run as administrator>

Figure 1

(3) Select: <Get SE product


activation key>

Figure 2

(4) If an error pops-up: Unable to compute the activation key!:


Check whether the network cable is properly connected: As the activation key is
based on the MAC address, network access is required.

(5) Select “Copy to Clipboard”.

Copy to Clipboard

Figure 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 13 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

(6) Open the Notepad program and save the software activation key: It must be
available when connecting to the Agfa HealthCare's Electronic License
Management system (see next step).
(7) Open a web browser manually and connect to the following address:
https://helicensing.agfa.net/rc/

(8) Download the license file.

(9) Rename the license file:


- <IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic> for SE Server and Web Server for
SE Standalone
- <IMPAX_SE_CLIENT.lic> for SE Client and SE Standalone

(10) Repeat this procedure for each computer where a license is required.

NOTE:
 Demonstration mode:
If SE Standalone starts without detecting any license file, the application will start
in demonstration mode (with limited functionalities and ‘demo’ displayed on
images).
 Grace period:
If SE Standalone already initialized a valid license, but cannot read the license
anymore, the program will switch into a grace period mode of 30 days.
It will warn the user at start up and ask to contact local services to fix the license
problem. Within the grace period, SE Standalone allows access to all
functionalities.
 After the grace period, the software switches to demo mode.
 The user will be notified with a warning and the information about days left in
grace period when starting the software (also a warning is logged).

4 Checking the Hardware / Software Requirements and


Hard Disk Partitioning

Check the hardware / software requirements and required disk partitioning in following
document: 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum Hardware and Software Requirements'.
The document is available on the SE Suite 2.0 Software DVD in directory
\Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Documentation\User Manuals
or on the Agfa HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 14 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

IMPORTANT:
Language of the operating system: It is highly recommended to install the
SE Suite 2.0 components on a MS Windows Operating System native language
identical to the required SE application language.
This is not required for the SE Server however: The SE application language on the
SE Server is always English.

5 Preparatory Tasks of the Customer

5.1 Scheduling Installation Date

Inform the customer about the SE Suite 2.0 installation date and possible impact of
the installation on day-to-day routines (e.g. how long the system will be unavailable in
the hospital).

5.2 Preparing the Installation Room

Inform the customer which necessary room preparations he has to carry out before
the installation date:

Installation room/network requirements


Power Sockets Minimum: 2x per PC
Network Connection Minimum: 1x per PC
Recommended:
Network Speed
Fast Ethernet NIC (Gigabit)
 Wiring:
Cat 5E/Cat 6
DICOM Network
 Switches: 100 MB / 1 GB
Dedicated Gigabit network is recommended.
Network protocol TCP/IP

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 15 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation Planning

6 Site Readiness Checklist

In order to avoid any unnecessary delays during the installation, the following points
of the checklist below should be carried out prior to the installation.
Check and discuss all the required measures for the installation by means of this
checklist. Remarks on the individual items may be made on the back of the list.

Checklist for Installation Planning of SE Suite 2.0


Site: Date:
Page: 1 of 1
Goal: The following list details the topics to be prepared for an SE installation before
going on-site.
Topics: Done
Collecting Information:
(1) Ask for Contact Persons. 
(2) Collect Information about Network Settings: 
 SE Standalone
 SE Server
 SE Client
 SE Worklist Clien
 SE Web Client
(3) Ask for Security Requirements of the Customer. 
(4) Obtain a License File. 

Checking the necessary site specific Hardware / Software


Requirements and Hard Disk Partitioning.
(1) Check the requirements listed in document 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum 
Hardware and Software Requirements'.

Inform the Customer about the Task that needs to be prepared.


(1) Schedule Installation Date. 
(2) Prepare the Installation Room. 

End

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 3 / Page 16 of 16


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Chapter 4
Imaging Services Installation
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document provides steps for the installation of SE Suite. It includes:


 Hardware / Software Requirements and Hard Disk Partitioning
 Installation and Configuration of Microsoft Windows Operating System
 Installation of 'SE Suite' Software
 Installation / Activation of a license
 Administration of Microsoft Windows User
 Validation of 'SE Suite' Software Installation

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.1:
1.2 06-2013  Added required steps for Windows Server 2012 and SQL
Server 2012.
 Replaced “SE Suite 2.0.1 DVD” by “SE Suite 2.0.2 DVD
or higher version”

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
DD+DIS105.13E Software Update 2.0.2 available for SE 2.0 and SE+NX

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2013 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34452092
sw_05_install-config_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 2 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 PREPARING INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................4


2 INSTALLING SE SUITE .........................................................................................................18
3 INSTALLING / ACTIVATING A LICENSE ..............................................................................24
4 ADMINISTRATION OF MICROSOFT WINDOWS USER ......................................................26
4.1 Creating an SE User Account .................................................................................................26

4.2 Creating a Microsoft Windows Group ‘SEgroup’ ....................................................................27

4.3 Giving ‘SEgroup’ writing Rights on Configuration Files/Directories ........................................29

5 CREATING AN ADMINISTRATION USER ON SE SERVER / SE STANDALONE ...............32


6 CONFIGURING THE IP ADDRESS OF THE WORKLIST CLIENT (IF AVAILABLE) ............32
7 INSTALLING THE OPTIONAL DIGITIZER.............................................................................33
8 VALIDATING THE SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ..................................................................34
8.1 Checking Access to the Database ..........................................................................................34

8.1.1 Database Access at SE Client / SE Standalone.....................................................................34

8.1.2 Database Access at SE Worklist Client / SE Worklist Client free Version..............................34

8.2 Testing Web Server Functionality ...........................................................................................35

8.3 Check for installed Desktop Shortcuts....................................................................................36

9 CHECKLIST............................................................................................................................37

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 3 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

1 Preparing Installation

This section informs about all steps that need to be carried out prior to
installing SE Suite 2.0.2 (or higher version).
For the upgrade procedure from SE Suite 1.3 refer to Service Manual Chapter 7,
upgrade Installation.

(1) If not yet done:


Download the SE Suite 2.0.2 software ISO file (or higher version) from the global
secure FTP server (File size approx. 3,7 GB) using an FTP client.
In case of SE Server on Windows Server 2012: Also download the
SQL Server 2012 (32 bit or 64 bit) from the global secure FTP server
(File size approx. 2,5 GB).
For details to the FTP Server see Service Information Bulletin “Global Secure
FTP Server – Imaging Services Software Download”, DD+DIS114.12E (Intranet
Link / Extranet Link).
(2) Observe the safety directions for Installation and Installation Planning of
SE Suite 2.0. They are listed in chapter 2, Safety Directions, of the SE Suite
Service Manual.

(3) Open following document: 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum Hardware and Software
Requirements'.
The document is available on the SE Suite 2.0.2 Software DVD (or higher
version) in directory \Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Documentation\User
Manuals
or on the Agfa HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)

(4) Install operating system and other software according to the 'SE Suite 2.0 -
Minimum Hardware and Software Requirements' document.
For SE Server and SE Client Installation:
When creating the Windows administrator use the same user name
and password. This rule is also valid for all users created later on.

(5) Go to Control Panel --> Regional settings to adapt the regional


settings.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 4 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(6) Open Control Panel (Explorer).


 Select Folder Options.
 Switch to the View tab.
 Deselect:
Hide extensions for known
file types.
 Select OK.

Figure 1

(7) For SE Client and SE Standalone only:


Follow these steps to adapt Folder Permissions and File Sharing:

 Open Control Panel (Explorer).


 Select Folder Options.
 Switch to the View tab.
 Deselect Use Sharing Wizard
(Recommended).
Note, that this is named in
Windows XP: Use simple file
sharing (Recommended)

Figure 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 5 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

NOTE:
Disabling simple file sharing will allow to specify folder permissions
later in the installation. If the system is connected to a domain, simple
file sharing is disabled by default.

(8) Open Control Panel (Explorer).


 Select Folder Options.
 Switch to the View tab.
 In Advanced Options, deselect
Use Sharing Wizard
(Recommended).
Note, that this is named in
Windows XP: Use simple file
sharing (Recommended)
 Select OK.

Figure 3

(9) Create the partitions as described in the 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum Hardware and
Software Requirements' document.
IMPORTANT:
Drive G: for backup of SE Server / SE Standalone must be a UNC path
(e.g. \\server\BACKUP) on a different computer.

(10) Perform network settings (computer name and TCP/IP settings) for the
integration in the hospital network

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 6 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(11) Enable following ports in the Microsoft Windows Firewall (if active):
 Port 205/3320 inbound/outbound (for DICOM Modality Worklist)
 For SE Server only: Port 304 inbound (for SigmaPacs.exe)
 For SE Standalone/Client only: Port 104 inbound (for DICOM store,
Q/R and print)
 Port 601 inbound (for Syslog)
 Port 2575 inbound (for HL7Gateway.exe)
 Port 1433/1721 inbound/outbound (for SQL Server)

NOTE:
Other Firewall and Antivirus settings must be configured like provided in
the local administrator policy. Activated Antivirus may reduce
performance of SE application.

(12) Disable the automatic Microsoft Windows Update functionality.

(13) For Windows XP only:


Install file adminpak.msi* available in the installation DVD directory
\Setup\SQL\2008.
*and other prerequisites, if not yet done: See document: 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum Hardware and
Software Requirements'. For location of the document refer to page 4.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 7 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(14) For SE Standalone on Windows XP only:


Follow these steps to install the Web Server:

 Select: Control Panel -->


Add or remove programs
--> Turn Windows
Features on or off >
Add / remove Windows
Components)
 Select: Internet
Information Services
(See 1st screenshot in
Figure 4)
 Select: Details
 Select the components as
shown in Figure 4
(2nd Screenshot).
 Select: World Wide Web
Service
 Select: Details
 Select the components as
shown in Figure 4
(3rd Screenshot).
 Select OK
 Select Next

Figure 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 8 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(15) For SE Standalone on Windows 7 or Windows Vista only:


Follow these steps to install the Web Server:

 Select Control Panel -->


Programs --> Turn
Windows Features on or
off
 Select Internet
Information Services
 Open all sub features and
select all of them except FTP.
See Figure 5.
 Select: OK

Figure 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 9 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(16) For SE Server and SE Standalone on Windows Server 2008 only:


Follow these steps to install and configure the Web Server:

 In the Start menu select: Manage


Your Server
 Select: Add Role
 Select roles: Application
Server and Web Server (IIS)

Figure 6

 Select the Role Services for the


Web Server (IIS) as shown in
Figure 7.

Figure 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 10 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(17) For SE Server or SE Standalone on Windows Server 2003 only:


Follow these steps to install the Web Server:
 In the Start menu select <Manage Your Server>.
 Select <Add or Remove Role>.
 Click <Next>
 In the proposed list, select <Application Server (including IIS)>.
Do not select options (neither ASP, nor frontpage).
 Launch Installation and Configuration of IIS.
 If a ‘file location issue’ pops up, browse the Microsoft Windows 2003 Server
DVD to load file <\I386\iisback.vbs>.
 Click <Open>.
 Click <Retry> button.
 Click <Finish>.

(18) For SE Server on Windows Server 2012 only:


Follow these steps to install the Web Server:
 In the Server Manager > Dashboard select <Add roles and
features>.

Figure 8

 Follow the Add Roles and Features Wizard. Leave everything on


default except Server Roles settings. See next bullet.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 11 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

 Perform following settings in the Server Roles screen:


Check Web Server IIS with all options and sub options, except FTP
Server.

Figure 9

 In the Confirmation screen click <Install>.

(19) Follow these steps to disable password complexity:


 Select: <Start  Run  gpedit.msc or Start  Enter
gpedit.msc in the search window, depending on the operating system.
 In gpedit.msc screen select: <Computer Configuration 
Windows Settings  Security Settings  Account
Policies  Password Policy  Password must meet
Complexity requirements  Disabled>
If there is also a domain policy, password complexity also has to be disabled on
domain level. Contact the domain administrator.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 12 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(20) For SE Server on Windows Server 2012 only:


Follow these steps to install the SQL Server 2012 (for download location see
step (1) on page 4):
 Start the installer with right click and option <Run as Administrator>.
 In the SQL Server Installation Center window click: New SQL
Server stand-alone installation or add features to an
existing installation
 In the Setup Support Rules window leave everything on default and click
<OK>.
 In the Product Key window the product key is already filled in by default.
 In the License Terms window click “I accept the license terms”.
 In the Product Updates window click “Include SQL Server product
updates”.
 In the Setup Support Rules screen select <Run>.
 In the Setup Setup Role screen select option <All features With
Defaults>.

Figure 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 13 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

 In the Feature Selection window select “Database Engine


Services” and Management Tools – Basic including Management
Tools – Complete.

Figure 11

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 14 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

 In the Installation rules window select <Run>.


 In the Instance Configuration window:
- Enter IMPAX_SE as Named Instance.
- Enter IMPAX_SE as Instance ID
- Browse for E:\Agfa HealthCare\data as
Instance root directory

Figure 12

 In the Disk Space Requirements screen leave everything on default.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 15 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

 In the Server Configuration window ensure, that for all services the
“Startup Type” is set to “Automatic”.

Figure 13

 In the Database Engine Configuration window enter Lognes77 as


password for the user “sa”.

Figure 14

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 16 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

 For the next screens leave everything on default.


 In the Complete screen select <close>.

Figure 15

(21) Install Adobe Reader:


Either download the latest version from www.adobe.com or
install it from the SE Suite 2.0.2 DVD (or higher version).
See directory: \Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Third parties\Adobe)

(22) For installations of SE Standalone on Windows XP SP2/SP3 or Vista only:


Install Microsoft Installer 4.5.
It is located on the SE DVD in directory:
\Setup\SQL\2008\Windows Installer 4.5

(23) For Windows 7 only (32 or 64 bit): Check that the Windows Installer Service is
started (START > Control Panel > Administrative Tools >
Services > Windows Installer). If not, start it manually.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 17 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

2 Installing SE Suite

This section describes installation of the different components:

IMPORTANT:
Following steps mentioned in section 1 are installation critical. If these steps are not
performed or not properly performed, installation may fail:
 All components:
o Partitioning must be properly performed.
 For SE Server and SE Standalone:
o The Webserver (IIS) must be properly installed.
 For SE Client:
o The SE Server must be completely set-up: Network access to the
database E:\ drive must be possible.
o Server and client must have the same windows users and passwords.

REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 to 30 minutes per SE Suite system component, depending on the
performance of the system.

(1) Log-in to the operating system with a Windows administrator account.

(2) Insert the SE Suite 2.0.2 DVD (or higher version) and right-click:
<StartMeFirst.exe>

(3) Select: <Run as administrator>

On Windows XP select: <Open>

Figure 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 18 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(4) Select one of the displayed


components.

Install the SE Server


Install the SE Client/Standalone
Install the SE Worklist Client
Install the SE Worklist Client - Free Version

Figure 17

(5) Follow the installation wizard. An overview of the different steps is listed in the
table below.
Be aware, that during SQL server installation a compatibility message may
appear, which can be ignored. See IMPORTANT note on page 22.

SE Worklist Client -
SE Worklist Client
SE Standalone

free Version
SE Server

SE Client

Step Reference
Accept license agreement None
Select language NOTE 1
Select installation type  None
Select destination folder for
application (C:\ drive)
Select destination folder for
application settings (D:\ drive)
NOTE 2
Select destination folder for
database (E:\ drive)
Select destination folder for
images (F:\ drive)
Select license file location NOTE 3
Select database server NOTE 4
Select Restore file path NOTE 5
Select destination folder for
NOTE 6
backups
Check overview of settings None

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 19 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

NOTE 1:
 Available SE Client and SE Standalone GUI languages: Bulgarian, Croatian,
Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Greek
Hungarian, Italian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,
Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish.
 For SE Server: English is the default GUI language. It cannot be changed.
 For SE Worklist Client (free Version) the GUI language setting is based on the
Regional and Language setting of the operating system

NOTE 2:
Enclosed the list of default destination paths for the different applications.
It is strongly recommended to leave the default paths on default.
SE Server
 C:\Program Files\AGFA HealthCare\SE Server
 D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Server\Settings
 E:\AGFA HealthCare
 F:\AGFA HealthCare
SE Client
 C:\Program Files\AGFA HealthCare\SE Client
 D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Client\Settings
SE Standalone
 C:\Program Files\AGFA HealthCare\ SE Client
 D:\AGFA HealthCare\ SE Client \Settings
 E:\AGFA HealthCare
 F:\AGFA HealthCare
SE Worklist Client
 C:\Program Files\AGFA HealthCare\SE Worklist Client
SE Worklist Client - free Version
 C:\Program Files\AGFA HealthCare\SE Worklist Client

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 20 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

NOTE 3:
The license files are named IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic for SE Server (and
SE Standalone Web Server) and IMPAX_SE_CLIENT.lic for SE Client/Standalone.
You may leave the path to the licenses empty and load them later on.
The license for the SE Standalone Web Server has to be loaded manually later on in
any case (not regarded by installation wizard). See section 3.

NOTE 4:
During SE Client installation enter the SE
Server database name manually or select
<Browse> to search for the database.
The database is named:
<Computer name of the SE Server>\IMPAX_SE

Figure 18

Note, that the SE Client installation will stop,


if the installer does not get access to the
database. Following error message will be
displayed:

Figure 19

NOTE 5:
Enter a restore path and select <Active restore> only for reinstallation of the
same software version when restoring an existing SE backup file.
If the restore option is activated, the SE installer will skip the next installer step.

NOTE 6:
During SE Server and SE Standalone installation, specify a UNC Path to the G:\ drive
(e.g. \\server\backup). This can also be configured after the installation in the
Smartbackup utility.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 21 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(6) After the installation summary press


<Next>.
No further user input is required with
the exception of possible
incompatibility messages, which can
be ignored. See IMPORTANT note
below.

Figure 20

IMPORTANT:
During database installation of SE Server,
SE Standalone or SE Worklist Client free
Version the Compatibility Assistant may
display an issue.
Ignore the issue by selecting:
<Run program>

(7) Wait until the installation is finished.


After a few minutes the
"InstallShield Wizard Complete"
screen is shown.

(8) Click on: <Finish>

Figure 21

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 22 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

NOTE:

If installation fails, a pop-up window


opens,
 Giving hints for troubleshooting.
 Showing the location of the
installation logfile.

Installation logfile location

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 23 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

3 Installing / Activating a License

NOTE:
This step is required only if the license file has not been installed by the SE Suite
installation wizard.
Only following components need licenses:
 SE Standalone
 Each SE Client
 SE Server
 Web Server for SE Standalone (optional)

(1) Insert the SE Suite 2.0.2 DVD (or higher version) and right-click:
<StartMeFirst.exe>

(2) Select: <Run as administrator>

On Windows XP select: <Open>

Figure 22

(3) Select: <Get SE product


Activation key>

Get SE product activation key

Figure 23

(4) If an error pos-up: Unable to compute the activation key!:


Check whether the network cable is properly connected: As the activation key is
based on the MAC address, a network access is required.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 24 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(5) Select “Copy to Clipboard”.

Copy to Clipboard

Figure 24

(6) Enter the key when asked for during license file creation at:
https://helicensing.agfa.net/

(7) Download the license files.

(8) Rename the license files:


 <IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic> for SE Server and Web Server for
SE Standalone
 <IMPAX_SE_CLIENT.lic> for SE Client and SE Standalone

(9) Copy the license file to the license directory in the SE application settings
directory. The default license directory is:
For SE Server:
D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\License
For SE Client \ SE Standalone:
D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\License
For the optional Web Server on SE Standalone:
D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\LicenseWeb

(10) Reboot the computer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 25 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

4 Administration of Microsoft Windows User

NOTE:
After installing SE Suite components, a Microsoft Windows simple user is able to
execute applications but can not update configuration files and directories.
Reason: Configuration files security forbids modification to any user different from
administrator.
Proceeding to solve this issue: Create a Windows group SEgroup and give it the rights
to update configuration data

4.1 Creating an SE User Account

(1) Log-in with an administrator


account.

(2) Go to Control Panel and


double-click on
<Administrative
Tools>. Figure 25

(3) Double-click on
<Computer
Management>.

Figure 26

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 26 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(4) Go to <System Tools> /


<Local Users and
Groups> and
right-click on <Users>.

(5) Select <New User…>.


Note, that users on Server
and Client must be identical.

Figure 27

(6) Fill in required fields.


Uncheck <User must
change password at
next login> and check
<Password never
expires>.

(7) Click on <Create> then


<Close>.

Figure 28

4.2 Creating a Microsoft Windows Group ‘SEgroup’

(8) Go to <System Tools> /


<Local Users and
Groups> and
right-click on <Groups>.

(9) Select <New Group…>.

Figure 29

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 27 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(10) Enter group name


<SEgroup>.

(11) Select: <Add>

Figure 30

(12) Enter SEuser and click on


<Check Names> to verify
that this name is correct.
Click on <OK> followed by
<close>.

Figure 31

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 28 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

4.3 Giving ‘SEgroup’ writing Rights on Configuration Files/Directories

List of files and directories where the writing rights need to be modified:
 Directories on SE Server / SE Standalone:
- D:\AGFA Healthcare
- E:\AGFA Healthcare
 Directories on SE Client:
- D:\AGFA Healthcare (SE Client / Standalone)
 Files on SE Server:
- C:\Windows\Admin.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\DMWKLSrv.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\eDicom.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\HL7Gateway.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\SEServerInstall.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\SeSuiteComponents.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\sigmapacs.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\sigmaW.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\smartbackup.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\syslog_gui.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\syslog_srv.ini
 Files on SE Standalone:
- C:\WINDOWS\DMWKLSrv.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\HL7Gateway.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\SEClientStandaloneInstall.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\SeSuiteComponents.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\sigmaW.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\smartbackup.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\syslog_gui.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\syslog_srv.ini
 Files on SE Client:
- C:\WINDOWS\SEClientStandaloneInstall.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\SeSuiteComponents.ini
- C:\WINDOWS\sigmaW.INI

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 29 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(1) Open a Windows Explorer and go to the directory or file location


(example: D:\AGFA Healthcare).

(2) Right-click on the directory or file


icon and select <Properties>.

Figure 32

(3) Go to the <Security> tab.


(4) For Windows 7 only: In <Group of
user names> section, click on
<Edit...> button
(5) In <Group of user names>
section, click on <Add...> button.

Figure 33

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 30 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

(6) In Enter the object names


to select, enter SEgroup and
click on <Check Names>.
(7) Click on <OK>.

Figure 34

(8) Ensure that SEgroup is selected and in Permissions for SEgroup section
below, check Modify permission in Allow column.
(9) Click <OK> to validate updating directory permissions.
(10) Repeat steps (1) to (8) for each directory and file listed on previous page.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 31 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

5 Creating an Administration User on SE Server / SE Standalone

The following steps only have to be executed on SE Server and SE Standalone:

(1) Start the <SE User Administration Tool> with the desktop shortcut.

(2) Click on the "add user icon"

(3) Fill in the last name and the first name.


The Login will be created automatically.

(4) Choose Administrator


and click <OK>.

(5) Close the SE User Administration Tool.


Figure 35

6 Configuring the IP Address of the Worklist Client (if available)

To be able to validate the installation of the optional worklist client, the IP address of
the SE Server / SE Standalone has to be set up (not required for Worklist Client - free
version):

(1) Start the <SE Worklist Client> with the desktop shortcut.
(2) Select menu Window > Options.
(3) Enter the IP address of the SE Server / SE Standalone
(4) Click <OK>.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 32 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

7 Installing the optional Digitizer

(1) Install the optional digitizer:


HEALTH CARE
 Follow the installation instructions Installation Procedure

which are included to the package


Document No: DD+DIS148.11E
This number is needed for production line only:
A601412.1 CR 30-X 2nd

of the digitizer.
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225

E
 Only perform following steps
which are mentioned in the

PL
digitizer installation instructions:
o Preparing the required tools
Unpacking the digitizer

AM
o
o Connecting the cables

This document is provided as an enclosure to the product. It consists of following documents:

EX
Installation Planning DD+DIS229.10E Edition 1, Revision 0
Generic Safety Directions DD+DIS238.06E Edition 1, Revision 3
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedure DD+DIS230.10E Edition 1, Revision 1

This document is separately available. Order number: DD+DIS148.11E

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Revision 0
07-2011 Printed in Germany Document Node ID: 33945738
eq_installation-procedure-cover_e_template_v08
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2011 Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Figure 36

NOTE:
The configuration of the digitizer is described in chapter 5, Configuration.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 33 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

8 Validating the Software Installation

When finished with installation of all SE Suite components, different checks at each
application are made to see if it is installed correctly.
The following table gives an overview of the required steps:

SE Worklist Client -
SE Worklist Client
SE Standalone

free Version
SE Server

SE Client
Step Reference
Check access to the database Section 8.1
Check web server functionality * Section 8.2
Check desktop shortcuts Section 8.3
*optional, if license is available

8.1 Checking Access to the Database

8.1.1 Database Access at SE Client / SE Standalone

(1) Start <SE Standalone> or <SE Client> with the desktop shortcut.
(2) Login with the user name you created (see section 5). The password is empty.
(3) Click <OK>.
(4) Create a password.
(5) Click <OK>.
(6) Login with the password.

8.1.2 Database Access at SE Worklist Client / SE Worklist Client free Version

(1) Start <SE Worklist Client>.


(2) Enter a test user to the worklist.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 34 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

8.2 Testing Web Server Functionality

At the Server:
(1) Open the web browser at the server.
(2) Type in <http://localhost>: The SE Web Client page appears.

NOTE:
Do not install the Web Client application on the server.
At a PC intended as Web client:
(3) Open the web browser at the web client PC.
(4) Type in the IP address of the SE Server / SE Standalone.
(5) Click on <Download the last version of SE Web Client here>.
(6) Download the Web Client and install it.
(7) Start the SE Web Client (via shortcut on desktop or via start menu).
(8) Enter IP address of the Web Server and login with Username chosen in SE User
Administration Tool.
SE Web Client starts and connects to the SE Server database.

Figure 37

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 35 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

8.3 Check for installed Desktop Shortcuts

(1) At each SE component, check whether the required shortcuts have been created:

SE Server SE Client SE Standalone SE Worklist Client

SE Worklist Client
Free Version

SE Web Client

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 36 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Installation

9 Checklist

# Step Reference Okay

Before Installation
1. Prepare installation 1

SE Installation:
2. Install SE Suite components 2

Installing / Activating the License:


3. Install licenses 3

Administration of MS Windows User:


4. Create an SE user account 4.1
5. Create a Microsoft Windows Group ‘SEgroup’ 4.2
6. Give ‘SEgroup’ writing Rights on Configuration 4.3
Files/Directories

Creating an SE User:
7. Create an administration user account on SE Standalone / 5
SE Server

Configure IP Address of Worklist Client:


8. Configure the IP Address of the optional worklist client 6

Install the optional Digitizer:


9. Install the optional digitizer 7

Validating SE Installation:
10. Check access to the database 8.1
11. Test Web server functionality. 8.2
12. Check the installed desktop shortcuts 8.3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 4 / Page 37 of 37


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE Chapter 5
Imaging Services Configuration
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document describes the configuration tasks of SE Suite 2.0.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.2:
1.3 06-2013 Added new SE Standalone / Client menu “Dicom Print
Option”. See section 4.2.13.

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
DD+DIS105.13E Software Update 2.0.2 available for SE 2.0 and SE+NX

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3
06-2013 Printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34452338
sw_04_install-config_e_template_v08
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 2 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 CONFIGURATION OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................7


2 BASIC (MANDATORY) CONFIGURATIONS ...........................................................................9
2.1 Adjusting the GUI Language (All Components)........................................................................9

2.2 Configuring Users (Standalone / Server)................................................................................10

2.3 Configuring SE Screen Settings (Standalone / Client) ...........................................................10

2.4 Setting up DICOM Correspondents (Standalone / Server).....................................................11

2.5 Configuring the SE Worklist Client..........................................................................................12

3 OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS ............................................................................................15


3.1 Creating a Backup Time Schedule (Standalone / Server)......................................................15

3.2 Adding Internet Web Clients ...................................................................................................15

3.3 Limiting Memory Usage of the SQL Server to 1024 MB for Performance Improvement........17

3.4 Configuring Image Acquisition via optional Agfa Digitizer ......................................................18

3.4.1 Configuring the Digitizer..........................................................................................................19

3.4.2 CR 10-X / CR 12-X only: Prepare the Digitizer for the Error Viewer Protocol in SE ..............22

3.4.3 Configuring the Digitizer on SE...............................................................................................23

3.4.4 Testing Communication with the Digitizer...............................................................................23

4 LISTING OF ALL CONFIGURATIONS WITH SE CENTRAL .................................................25


4.1 SE Central - SE User Administration Tool (Standalone / Server)...........................................26

4.1.1 SE Central - SE User Administration Tool - Database ...........................................................26

4.1.2 SE Central - SE User Administration Tool - Preferences .......................................................27

4.2 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client .........................................................................................29

4.2.1 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Application ....................................................................29

4.2.2 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - User Default..................................................................50

4.2.3 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - User ..............................................................................54

4.2.4 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Databases.....................................................................59

4.2.5 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Dicom Directory ............................................................64

4.2.6 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Demographic Image Informations ................................72

4.2.7 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Acquisition Configuration..............................................74

4.2.8 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Glossary........................................................................76

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 3 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.9 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Automatic Query Retrieve ............................................77

4.2.10 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Automatic send .............................................................79

4.2.11 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Worklist Client...............................................................81

4.2.12 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Activation Key ...............................................................82

4.2.13 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client – Dicom Print Option.......................................................83

4.3 SE Central - SE Server ...........................................................................................................85

4.4 SE Central - SE Web Server...................................................................................................86

4.4.1 SE Central - SE Web Server - Communication ......................................................................86

4.4.2 SE Central - SE Web Server - Email ......................................................................................86

4.4.3 SE Central - SE Web Server - DICOM Source.......................................................................87

4.4.4 SE Central - SE Web Server - HTML .....................................................................................88

4.4.5 SE Central - SE Web Server - Security ..................................................................................88

4.4.6 SE Central - SE Web Server - Maintenance...........................................................................89

4.5 SE Central - SE Syslog...........................................................................................................90

4.5.1 SE Central - SE Syslog - Syslog Service................................................................................90

4.5.2 SE Central - SE Syslog - Syslog Database ............................................................................90

4.5.3 SE Central - SE Syslog - Syslog Tool.....................................................................................91

4.5.4 SE Central - SE Syslog - SELog.............................................................................................91

4.6 SE Central - SE Worklist Service............................................................................................91

4.6.1 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Database ..............................................91

4.6.2 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Acquisition ............................................92

4.6.3 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Cleaning ...............................................92

4.6.4 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service DICOM .................................................93

4.6.5 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service E-mail ...................................................93

4.6.6 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Maintenance.........................................94

4.7 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway................................................................................................94

4.7.1 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - HL7 Gateway Service .........................................................94

4.7.2 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - Database .............................................................................95

4.7.3 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - E-mail ..................................................................................95

4.7.4 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - Maintenance........................................................................96

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 4 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5 APPENDICES.........................................................................................................................97
5.1 Language Settings ..................................................................................................................97

5.1.1 Language Settings of SE Standalone / SE Client...................................................................97

5.1.2 Appendix: Supported Character Sets / corresponding Languages Relationship Table .........99

5.2 Configuring Backup (Smart Backup) ....................................................................................101

5.2.1 General Information about SmartBackup .............................................................................101

5.2.2 Installation of Smartbackup...................................................................................................102

5.2.3 Default settings of SmartBackup...........................................................................................103

5.2.4 Modification of Default Settings ............................................................................................104

5.2.5 Schedule Backup ..................................................................................................................105

5.2.6 Modification of scheduled Backups ......................................................................................111

5.2.7 Cancel scheduled Backups...................................................................................................113

5.2.8 Manual Launch of Backups...................................................................................................113

5.2.9 Restore of existing Backups .................................................................................................114

5.3 SE User Management Tool...................................................................................................115

5.3.1 Basics....................................................................................................................................115

5.3.2 Main Toolbars .......................................................................................................................116

5.3.3 Profiles Management ............................................................................................................117

5.3.4 Users Management...............................................................................................................119

5.3.5 Configuration of SE User Management Tool ........................................................................123

5.4 XML Configuration Files........................................................................................................126

5.4.1 Overview of XML Files on SE Suite 2.0................................................................................127

5.5 DICOM Tags displayed.........................................................................................................131

5.6 Installation and Configuration of Kiwi Syslog........................................................................134

5.6.1 Installation .............................................................................................................................134

5.6.2 Configuration.........................................................................................................................139

5.6.3 Testing ..................................................................................................................................141

5.7 Configuring SE Syslog ..........................................................................................................142

5.8 HL7 and Dicom Modality Worklist Service Configuration .....................................................145

5.8.1 Basic Functionality ................................................................................................................145

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 5 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.8.2 Configuration.........................................................................................................................148

5.8.3 Example of DMWKL Query with an NX Workstation ............................................................148

5.8.4 Verification of HL7 and DMWKL Configuration with HL7 Inspector Tool .............................151

5.9 Creation of additional Database............................................................................................154

5.10 Query Retrieve Setup ...........................................................................................................159

5.11 Text File Import Support for SE Worklist ..............................................................................162

5.11.1 File Naming Convention........................................................................................................162

5.11.2 File format .............................................................................................................................163

5.11.3 Supported information in Identification Files.........................................................................164

5.11.4 Examples of Identification Files ............................................................................................169

5.11.5 Testing created Identification Files in SE Worklist................................................................174

5.11.6 Troubleshooting Identification Files Support.........................................................................174

5.12 Hanging Protocol Presentation Group Wizard......................................................................175

5.12.1 Creating a new Hanging Protocol Presentation Group.........................................................175

5.12.2 Creating a Hanging Protocol Presentation Group by Modifying an existing one..................178

5.12.3 Testing a new Hanging Protocol ...........................................................................................180

5.13 Restricting displayed Data within SE Web Client .................................................................181

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 6 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

1 Configuration Overview

The table enclosed lists the basic (mandatory) and optional configuration activities.

Worklist Client free Version


Worklist Client
Standalone

Web Client
Server

Client
# Configuration Section
BASIC CONFIGURATIONS (MANDATORY)
1. Adjust the GUI language 2.1
2. Create users  2.2
3. Configure SE screen settings 2.3
4. Set up DICOM correspondents  2.4
5. Configure SE Worklist Client     2.5
OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS
6. Create a backup time schedule 3.1
7. Add Internet Web Clients     3.2
8. Limit Memory Usage of the SQL     3.3
Server
9. Configure an optional Agfa digitizer     3.4
LISTING OF ALL CONFIGURATIONS WITH SE CENTRAL
10. SE Central - SE User Administration 4.1
Tool
11. SE Central - SE Standalone/Client   4.2
12. SE Central - SE Server   4.3
13. SE Central - SE Web Server   4.4
14. SE Central - Syslog Service   4.5
15. SE Central - SE Worklist Service   4.6
16. SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway   4.7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 7 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Worklist Client free Version


Worklist Client
Standalone

Web Client
Server

Client
# Configuration Section
OTHER OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS / EXPLANATIONS
17. Language Settings (Details) 5.1
18. Smart Backup Configuration 5.2
19. SE User Management Tool 5.3
20. XML Configuration Files 5.4
21. DICOM Tags displayed 5.5
22. Installation and Configuration of Kiwi 5.6
Syslog
23. Configuring SE Syslog 5.7
24. HL7 and Dicom Modality Worklist 5.8
Service Configuration
25. Creation of additional Database 5.9
26. Query Retrieve Setup 5.10
27. Text File Import Support for SE 5.11
Worklist
28. Hanging Protocol Presentation Group 5.12
Wizard
29. Restricting displayed Data within SE 5.13
Web Client

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 8 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

2 Basic (mandatory) Configurations

This section describes the mandatory settings for each SE component.

2.1 Adjusting the GUI Language (All Components)

Adapt the GUI language* per component according to following table.

Component: Language: User display adjustment via menu:


SE Server English only Not applicable
SE Client SE Central > SE Client / Standalone
All languages*
SE Standalone > Application > System (or installer)

SE Web Client
All languages* Operating system language (regional settings)
SE Worklist Client
SE Media Viewer English /
SE User Admin French / Dutch Application specific preferences menu
Tool / German **

SE Syslog GUI English / Depends on language version of installed


French operating system (French OS: GUI is French.
All other languages: GUI is English)

IMPORTANT:
For non-Latin 1 languages (Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Estonian, Greek, Hungarian,
Latvian, Lithuanian, Polish, Romanian, Russia, Slovak, Slovenian, Turkish) following
prerequisites are required to adapt the GUI language:
 Operating system language = user interface language
 LNG (Language) option required in the license file.
Details to the language settings are available in section 5.1.

* Available GUI languages: Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Finnish, French,
German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,
Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish Swedish, Turkish.

** If SE application setting is French  French Display


If SE application setting is Dutch  Dutch Display
If SE application setting is German  German Display
All other SE application settings  English Display

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 9 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

2.2 Configuring Users (Standalone / Server)

During installation an administrator user has been set up at SE Standalone or SE


Server.
It is recommended to set up normal users with restricted configuration rights, too.

(1) Start the <SE User Administration Tool> with the desktop shortcut.

(2) Click on the "add user icon"

(3) Fill in the last name and the first name.


The Login will be created automatically.

(4) Choose Classic user and click <OK>.

(5) Close the SE User Administration Tool.

Figure 1

For more information to SE user management see section 5.3.

2.3 Configuring SE Screen Settings (Standalone / Client)

It is required to configure the SE Screen Settings if two monitors are connected to


SE Standalone or SE Client.
Configure following items in SE Central > SE Standalone / Client >
Application > Screen Settings:
 Monitor which shall be used to display images.
 Numbers of screens for image display (both or one for images / one for
database)
For details refer to section 4.2.1.3.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 10 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

2.4 Setting up DICOM Correspondents (Standalone / Server)

It is necessary to define DICOM communication parameters for following devices:


 DICOM Store destinations, such as other Archives or other SE Standalone or
Server.
 Workstations, such as third party workstations or other SE Standalone devices,
with which DICOM Q/R functionality should be established.
 DICOM Modality Worklist (MWL) SCP, such as a RIS system
 DICOM Printer
 E-mail recipients to which the images should be sent out via email.
 DICOM modalities. Exception: For SE Server it is NOT necessary to make an
entry for a modality console (or workstation), that doesn’t require Storage
Commitment.

Configure the DICOM correspondents in menu:


 For Server: SE Central > SE Server > DICOM Directory
 For Standalone / Client: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client >
DICOM Directory
Note, that the settings for server / client can be made at server or client.
For details refer to section 4.2.5.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 11 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

2.5 Configuring the SE Worklist Client

This chapter treats the configuration of both, the 'SE Worklist Client' and 'SE Worklist
Client free Version'.
All settings are valid for both versions, if not stated otherwise.
The table enclosed lists the main differences between the two versions:

Parameter SE Worklist Client SE Worklist Client free Version


Title Bar SE Worklist Client SE Worklist Client – Free Version
IP Address Either 127.0.0.1 or the actual Fixed 127.0.0.1
IP address of the SE Server /
SE Standalone
Basic SE Suite SE Server or SE Standalone No basic SE Suite Software
Software required.
Database Used from SE Server or SE SQL Server 2008 Express Edition
Standalone
License Part of license for SE Server Does not require a license.
or SE Standalone

NOTE:
As for DICOM Worklist configuration following settings are required:
 Firewall has to be disabled.
 Port numbers 3320 and 205 have to be activated when the DICOM Modality
Worklist SCU is on another computer.
The language applied on GUI will be the one of the “Regional Settings” and can not be
changed.

(1) Select START  Programs  Agfa HealthCare  SE Worklist Client.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 12 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Click on <Window>.


(3) Click on <Options>.

Figure 2

(4) Enter the IP address of the SE Server or SE Standalone (not possible for SE
Worklist Client free Version: There it is fixed on 127.0.0.1).
If installed on a SE Server or SE Standalone this can be either 127.0.0.1 or the
actual IP address of the SE Server / SE Standalone.
(5) Enter the port number. Default is 3320.
(6) Select <OK> to save the settings.

Figure 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 13 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
In the field "Automatic masks for data" (see Figure 3) it is possible to enter a prefix to
the patient ID or accession number.
Example:
To have e.g. patient ID "PIN 1" (PIN = Patient Identification Number) for the first
patient, "PIN 2" for the second and so on, change the "Mask of Patient ID"
from "%d" to "PIN %d".
Do not remove "%d": It indicates the position of the UID compared to the mask text
string.
The prefix is not automatically added, if a patient ID or accession number is added
manually.

(7) Enter a test patient.


(8) Select <Save> and <close>.

Figure 4

(9) Check whether the test patient appears in the worklist at the modality.
(10) Repeat steps (1) to (9) for all other SE Worklist clients (if additional SE Worklist
Clients are available).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 14 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

3 Optional Configurations

3.1 Creating a Backup Time Schedule (Standalone / Server)

By default the configuration settings at SE Server and SE Standalone can be backed-


up manually by the user by executing the "SE Smart Backup Tool", located in
START > All Programs > AGFA HealthCare > SE SmartBackup Tool.
It is recommended to:
 Configure the backup path, if not yet done during installation.
 Add the images to the backup.
 Define daily automatic backups via the windows task scheduler
For details refer to section 5.2.

3.2 Adding Internet Web Clients

This section describes the configuration for a Web Client connected via the internet.

Step 1: Configuring the SE Web Server

(1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > Communication

(2) In the Communication section add a unique name for entry IP address or
DSN name, e.g. SEWebServer01.

Figure 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 15 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Step 2: Configuring the local and remote SE Web Client

(1) Open file C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc\hosts in the Notepad.


(2) Add following line at the end of the local SE Web Client:
<LAN_IP_ADDRESS_OF_THE_SE_WEB_SERVER> SEWebServer01
Example: 10.6.9.152 SEWebServer01
Add following line at the end of the remote SE Web Client (connected via
Internet):
<WAN_IP_ADDRESS_OF_THE_SE_WEB_SERVER> SEWebServer01
Example: 10.6.9.153 SEWebServer01
(3) Save and close the file.
(4) Start the SE Web Client and enter SEWebServer01 as IP Address or
hostname.

NOTE:
The name SEWebServer01 is just an example. The name is specified in the SE Web
Server - Application Settings (see Figure 5).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 16 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

3.3 Limiting Memory Usage of the SQL Server to 1024 MB for Performance
Improvement

(1) Start SQL Server Management Studio.


(2) Connect to the SE Web Server SQL Server Instance (<SE Web Server
machine name>\IMPAX_SE).
(3) Login with <SQL Server Authentication> and username sa. For password
see menu: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Database
(4) Right click on the root node in the left tree (<SE Web Server machine
name>\IMPAX_SE) and select Properties.
(5) Go to the Memory section.
(6) In the Maximum server memory (in MB) field, type 1024. See Figure 6.
(7) Click on OK
(8) Restart the SQL Server: Right click on the root node and select <restart>.

Figure 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 17 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

3.4 Configuring Image Acquisition via optional Agfa Digitizer

The configuration is made in two steps (sequence does not matter):


1. Configure the digitizer. See section 3.4.1.
2. Configure SE for the digitizer. See section 3.4.3.

IMPORTANT:
 When using image acquisition via Agfa digitizer, only one network controller must
be installed in the SE standalone computer.
 The following digitizer setup procedure steps are based on following digitizer
software versions:
o CR 30-X 2nd: CIR_1203 and higher versions
o CR 10-X / CR 12-X: ARC_1404 and higher versions
Note, that CR 10-X with software < ARC_1404 cannot be connected to SE.

REQUIRED SOFTWARE:
 CR 30-X 2nd: No additional software required
 CR 10-X / CR 12-X:
Download SE_2.0_SW_Digitizer_CR10_CR12_Installation.ZIP
from the Agfa HealthCare Library: SE Image Management > SE Image
Management > SE Suite 2.0 > Software
Alternatively download the software directly from the global secure FTP server
using an FTP client. For details see Service Information Bulletin “Global Secure
FTP Server – Imaging Services Software Download”, DD+DIS114.12E.
Contents of the software ZIP File (approx. 5 kB):
o Prepare_Configuration_for_SE.cmd
o Readme.txt

NOTE:
SE 2.0 has a digitizer Error Viewer pre-installed. The Error Viewer displays digitizer
user messages, warnings and errors on the workstation.
This error viewer is compatible with CR 30-X 2nd. It is not compatible with CR 10-X /
CR 12-X. By executing the script Prepare_Configuration_for_SE.cmd the
digitizer CR 10-X / CR 12-X is configured to use the “old” Error Viewer protocol, which
is pre-installed in SE 2.0. See section 3.4.2.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 18 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

3.4.1 Configuring the Digitizer

(1) Switch on the digitizer. Enter: 192.192.192.192

(2) Connect the service PC to the digitizer


via network cable.
As alternative: Set SE Standalone IP Ne abl
e
twork c
address to 192.192.192.191
Service PC network parameters:
(3) Start the browser and enter IP address: IP address: 192.192.192.191
192.192.192.192 Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

Figure 7

(4) Enter user name and password


obtained in the digitizer classroom
training.

Figure 8

(5) Select menu <Digitizer settings>.


 Fill in Local Settings and Digitizer Network Settings* (A).
 For CR 30-X 2nd software CIR_1203 only:
o Select <Remove Destination> (B).
o Select <Add Destination> (C) and add the corresponding
parameters.

(6) Select menu <Destination settings> and fill in the destination settings*.
Note, that for CR 30-X 2nd with software CIR_1203 this menu is not available,
but integrated in the Digitizer settings menu.
* See the table next page.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 19 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 9 Figure 10

Digitizer Network Comment


Settings
IP address Digitizer IP address. Default setting when digitizer comes
from production: 192.192.192.192
Subnet Mask Digitizer network subnet mask. Default setting when digitizer
comes from production: 255.255.255.0
Gateway IP address Address of an optional network gateway. Leave this on
default when no gateway is used. Default setting when
digitizer comes from production: 192.192.192.1
Digitizer AE Title The Digitizer AE-title does not need to be changed. Default
setting when digitizer comes from production:
DIG_DEFAULT
Digitizer Hostname: Set this identical to the IP address. Default setting when
digitizer comes from production: 192.192.192.192

Destination Network Comment


Settings
Processing Station IP Enter here the IP address of SE: Default setting when
address digitizer comes from production: 192.192.192.193
Processing Station Hostname of the SE PC (= Computer name. See Control
Name Panel > System > Computer Name). Default setting
when digitizer comes from production: local host

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 20 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Destination Network Comment


Settings
AE Title (image) AE title of SE for image acquisition. This is later on entered
as Store SCP Host AE Title (in SE Acquisition
Configuration - see next section). Digitizer default setting
when digitizer comes from production: NX_DEFAULT
Port (image) Port for DICOM image communication. Must be changed to
e.g. 1040, as SE is configured to listen on port 104 for other
DICOM modalities. Digitizer default setting when digitizer
comes from production: 104
AE Title (preview) AE title of SE for preview image display. Set this identical to
AE tile (image). Digitizer default setting when digitizer
comes from production: FAST_DEFAULT
Port (preview) Port for SE preview image display. Leave this on default.
Digitizer default setting when digitizer comes from
production: 3729
AE Title (Fast ID) AE title of SE for cassette identification communication. Set
this identical to AE tile (image). Digitizer default setting
when digitizer comes from production: IDEN_DEFAULT
ID Port (Fast ID) Port for cassette identification communication on SE. Only
change if this port is occupied on SE. Default setting when
digitizer comes from production: 3216
Digitizer Port (Fast ID) Port for cassette identification communication on digitizer.
Only change if this port is occupied on SE. Default setting
when digitizer comes from production: 3027

(7) Fill in the data in menu:


Site specific data

Figure 11

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 21 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(8) Select <Logout> and confirm


installation.

(9) If the IP address of SE was set to


192.192.192.191 (to allow
communication with the digitizer): Set
back the IP address.

Figure 12

3.4.2 CR 10-X / CR 12-X only: Prepare the Digitizer for the Error Viewer Protocol in SE

(1) Unzip SE_2.0_SW_Digitizer_CR10_CR12_Installation.ZIP.


If the file is not yet available, see page 18 for the download location.
(2) Switch off the digitizer (A) and remove
the USB flash drive (B). A POWER

5151_ENC_001b.cdr

Figure 13

(3) Copy file Prepare_Configuration_for_SE.cmd to directory ARC_1404


(or higher version) on the USB flash drive.

(4) Double-click file Prepare_Configuration_for_SE.cmd:


 A DOS Box opens: Press any key to continue
 The files startup.com and ErrorViewerConfig.xml are written to the
root of the USB flash drive.

(5) Insert the USB flash drive at the digitizer and switch off / on the digitizer:
After reboot the digitizer is prepared for the SE Error Viewer protocol.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 22 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

3.4.3 Configuring the Digitizer on SE

(1) Quit the SE Standalone application.

(2) Configure the digitizer via SE Central menu SE Central > SE Standalone /
Client > Acquisition configuration. See Figure 16 next page.

3.4.4 Testing Communication with the Digitizer

(1) Go to SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Acquisition


configuration.

(2) Select <Update Configuration>:


Message CFResponse
(CONFIGURED) is displayed.
Refer to chapter 9, Troubleshooting, if
the configuration update fails.

Figure 14

(3) Start SE Standalone application software via desktop shortcut.

(4) Enter a cassette in the digitizer: The


acquisition window opens.

(5) Fill in the identification data.

(6) Select the Acquisition button in the


lower left corner: The digitizer starts
scanning and the image arrives within
approx. 1 minute.

(7) Select Finish to close the window.


The Acquisition setup is finished.

Figure 15

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 23 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Screen on SE Screen on Digitizer

192.168.5.50

255.255.255.0

Example
192.168.5.1

DIG_DEFAULT

192.168.5.50

Enable
Digitizer Network Settings
Digitizer Ip Address: 192.168.5.50
IP Address 192.168.5.50
Digitizer AE Title: DIG_DEFAULT
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0
Direct ID host Port: 3216
Gateway IP Address 192.168.5.1
Direct ID host IP address: 192.168.5.82
Digitizer AE-Title DIG_DEFAULT
Direct ID Dig Port: 3027
Digitizer Hostname 192.168.5.50
Store SCP Host Port: 1040

Store SCP Host AE Title: SE2

Destination Name: CZC11701L5

Cropping / Black border

Destination Settings
Processing Station IP Address 192.168.5.82
Processing Station Name CZC11701L5
AE-Title (Image) SE2
Port (Image) 1040
AE-Title (Preview) SE2
Port (Preview) 3729
AE-Title (Fast ID) SE2
NX Port (Fast ID) 3216
Digitizer Port (Fast ID) 3027

Screen on Digitizer

Figure 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 24 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4 Listing of all Configurations with SE Central

SE Central offers access to following main configuration menus per component:

Worklist Client free Version


Standalone
Server

Client
SE Central Menu Section
SE User Administration Tool 4.1
SE Standalone / Client  4.2
SE Server  4.3
SE Web Server  4.4
SE Syslog  4.5
SE Worklist Service  4.6
SE HL7 Gateway  4.7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 25 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.1 SE Central - SE User Administration Tool (Standalone / Server)

4.1.1 SE Central - SE User Administration Tool - Database

IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended to keep the default settings created by the installer.
If the path to the user profiles is changed here, it has also to be changed in the User
Management Tool (menu Setup > Database).

Purpose Define the path to the user profiles.

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Database

Figure 17

(2) Define a path where the user profiles are stored. This path must be a local path.
Default: settings folder specified during installation.
On SE Server the default path is:
D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\Profile
On SE Standalone the default path is:
D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\Profile

(3) In Database section, enter the full database connection string (Default settings
created during installation).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 26 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.1.2 SE Central - SE User Administration Tool - Preferences

4.1.2.1 SE User Management Tool Language Setup

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Preferences >
Languages

Purpose Define the GUI language of the SE user management tool (French, English, Dutch or
German)

(2) Choose the language of SE User


Management Tool.

Figure 18

4.1.2.2 SE User Management Password Policy

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Preferences >
Password Policy

Purpose Define password policy for SE users, which are set up via SE user management tool.

(2) Choose the "Number of tries


before access is blocked".
Default = 0 (no blocking)
(3) Select checkbox "Authorize an
empty password" to allow an
empty password (not recommended).

Figure 19

(4) Enter "Minimum number of characters for password creation".


Default = 0
(5) Enter value (in days) for parameter "Password must be change after (in
days, 0=No limit)". Default = 0
(6) Select checkbox "New password must be different from the previous" if required.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 27 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.1.2.3 SE User Management Tool Maintenance Setup

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Preferences >
Maintenance

Purpose Define whether and how user activities shall be logged.

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.6.

Figure 20

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 28 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client

4.2.1 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Application

4.2.1.1 Application - Directories

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Directories

Purpose Directory, where application specific configuration files are stored.

(2) Define the directories according to


the list below:

Note, that the “application settings”


path has been defined during
installation (Default: D:\AGFA
HealthCare\SE Server\Settings for
SE Server and D:\AGFA HealthCare\
SE Client \Settings for Client /
Standalone.
Figure 21

Setup Directory, where the application configuration files are stored.


Directory Ends with: Settings\Config.
This directory contains customization files such as Imageinfo.xml.

Users Directory, where the user profiles (user management) and preferences are stored.
Directory Ends with: \Settings\Profile
If you change the path here, also change it in the User Administration Tool (Path:
Setup > Database). Otherwise the user administration will be corrupted and login
will not be possible anymore.
Resources Directory, where to find customizable resource of SE (such as template for Microsoft
directory Word based reports, clinical site logo for print layout footer …).
Ends with: \Settings\Res
For printer logo setup see also section 4.2.5.3.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 29 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Temp Directory for temporary files.


directory Ends with: Settings\Temp

Licenses Directory, where the license file (*.lic file) is located.


directory Ends with: Settings\License

Note, that the path for the optional Web Server license on SE Standalone is changed in
following menu: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > Security

4.2.1.2 Application - System

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
System

Purpose Modify general system parameters.

(2) Choose the requested Language for


SE Standalone / SE Client interface.
Default language is selected during
installation of SE Standalone / SE
Client.
(3) Leave Splash Screen
transparency disabled.
Default: Setting is disabled

Figure 22

(4) Set the time for standby.


After the given time, the user will have to re-enter his password
(Default: 600 seconds).
(5) Set the reference to the Tutorial Startup page.
Browse to C:\Program Files\AGFA Healthcare\SE
Client\Documentation\User Manuals and select SE Reference User
Manual.pdf. (Default: empty).
This path can be changed to a different path, if a tutorial created by the dealer or
clinical site is available.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 30 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.3 Application - Screen Settings

WARNING:
Wrong settings could lead to wrong measurement results or bad display and
jeopardize patient safety.
Be careful in changing screen settings and configuration. These screen settings are
used to compute image rendering.

WARNING:
Misinterpretation of images by missing calibration of displays jeopardizes
patient safety.
To guarantee the complete image quality chain and to be allowed to diagnose with SE
Standalone software, it is mandatory to connect monitor(s) DICOM calibrated and to
control regularly the quality of the display according the recommendation of the monitor
vendor.

NOTE:
SE Standalone supports a maximum of two screens for image display.
The position (0, 0) of the SE Standalone windows is always bound to the upper left
position of the Main Screen in the system display.

Application
settings /
Screen
settings

Figure 23

Screen (1) Select the type of monitor which will be used for images display:
setting

Figure 24

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 31 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Main screen (2) Choose main monitor for images display. The proposed list is the same list
registered in Windows Display Settings window. This monitor must be the one on
the left hand side.

Screen (3) Specify number of monitors used for images display.


number
 For a configuration with one monitor refer to Figure 25.
 For a configuration with two monitors refer to Figure 26.
 For a configuration with three monitors refer to Figure 27.

IMPORTANT:
If dual screen configuration is used, monitors for image display must
have the same resolution.
Windows taskbar must be set on Microsoft Windows main screen, or set
as automatically hidden.

Figure 25: Configuration with one monitor

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 32 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 26: 1Configuration with two monitors (1 for Database and 1 for Images display)

Figure 27: Configuration with three monitors -


Dual Screen (1 for Database and 2 for Images display)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 33 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

WARNING:
 Remote control application (such as PC Anywhere, VNC, Network streaming...)
won't work if the monitor set as the "main monitor" in Windows settings has a
resolution higher than 1600 x 1200 pixels.
 When a system is using a multi-monitor configuration using regular monitor
(15/17/19 inches) and diagnosis monitors (3MP/5MP), the main monitor
(WINDOWS screen settings) MUST NOT be a 3MP/5MP but a regular one
(1024 x 768 pixels / 1280 x 1024 pixels).

IMPORTANT:
 Moreover, in some particular cases, it is possible to perform a "remote access"
on a workstation which resolution is higher than 1600 x 1200 pixels (3MP/5MP)
by forcing the settings of RDP session to a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels or
1280 x 1024 pixels (set in SNDB/SRSS).
 With remote assistance, multi screen display is not available. To configure the
main screen and to be able to actually see the application started, use
SE Client > Client Configuration tool or Application Settings.
NOTE:
Refer to the monitor vendor quality control guidelines to define the quality control
procedures and calibrate the monitor(s).

4.2.1.4 Application - Site

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application > Site

Purpose Add site parameters. They are used in the footer of printed images-

(2) Define Institution name,


Institution address and
Department.
Default setting: Empty fields.

Figure 28

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 34 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.5 Application - Hanging Protocols

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Hanging Protocols

Purpose Define hanging protocol application parameters.

IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended to keep the default settings.

(2) Check the hanging protocol settings


according to the list below.

Figure 29

HPs file storage directory:


Directory where the hanging protocol XML files are stored.
Default: F:\AGFA HealthCare\HP

HP mailbox directory:
Directory where the new created hanging protocol XML files shall be copied to for
import.
Default: F:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\HPMailbox

Connection string to the HP base:


String to connect to the HP database.
Default: DSN=HP_ODBC;UID=sa;pwd=<see below*>;Mars_Connection=yes
* for password see menu: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Database

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 35 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.6 Application - Database

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Database

Purpose Modify image browser setup parameters.

(2) Enable or disable Automatic


image loading at CD
insertion if the DicomDir CD
should automatically be started when
CD is inserted
Default: Enabled
(3) Enable or disable the display of
different patients simultaneously.
Remark: By default, SE Standalone
does not allow the user to display
different patient on the same display
Default: Disabled.

Figure 30

(4) The checkbox Tree custom is read only.

(5) Enable or disable Display all thumbnails of a patient.


When disabled, the thumbnail of the first image of each series is displayed in the
thumbnail view. When enabled, this option will display the thumbnails of every
picture (Default: enabled).

(6) Automatic cleaning is performed at a specified time hour (+/- 40 minutes) each
day if the application is started at this specific time. The default value is 1 o'clock.
It is only possible for SE Server or SE Standalone, not for SE Client, and for the
main database only.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 36 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

IMPORTANT:
 Adjust the clean-up time to working hours. For the default value
"1 o'clock" a.m. the SE Standalone or SE Server could be switched off.
 When SE Standalone is computing the free space of image storage
and the current amount of data, it uses some system functions to get
them.
If the image storage space is shared with another data, the free space
does not reflect the real result: Used disk space will contain SE data
used disk space and external data used disk space.
The automatic cleaning module will delete studies until the low
watermark is reached (and then the remaining free space on disk).
It is therefore very important that the disk containing the images does
not contain other data. See also Minimum Hardware & Software
requirements available on the SE Suite 2.0 Software DVD in directory
\Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Documentation\User Manuals
or on the Agfa HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).

(7) Enable or disable Auto dark mode.


When this option is enabled, the database window will get dark if the mouse is
not over the database window. This feature has to be used when the users are
asking to keep their environment as dark as possible (Default: disabled).

(8) Customize brightness level for auto dark mode.


This option will set the Brightness level of the Auto dark mode, if this mode is
enabled.

IMPORTANT:
Enabling Auto dark mode will decrease application performances.

4.2.1.7 Application - Acquisition

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Acquisition

Purpose Define the mailbox directory for field service to feed the SE Application database with
patients/studies/series by dropping DICOM files into the Mailbox folder.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 37 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Enable or disable Mailbox. (Default:


enabled)
(3) Leave the Mailbox directory
setting by default.

Figure 31

4.2.1.8 Application - HL7

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application > HL7

Purpose Modify the time where HL7 messages should be processed and define e-mail address
in case of HL7 errors.

(2) Set the time in Hours, within which


HL7 messages should be processed
Default: 2 hours.
(3) Set Contact e-Mail address
for HL7 error reporting.
Default: empty

Figure 32

4.2.1.9 Application - Dicom

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Dicom

Purpose Modify DICOM communication parameters.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 38 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Enable (2) DICOM communications are


enabled by default. Disabling is
not possible. Reason:
When disabled, all DICOM
association (Store, Query) with
SE Standalone would be
impossible.

Port (3) The default port number (SE


number Standalone and SE Client port
104 / SE Server port 304) will be
suitable in most of the cases,
but can be adapted if
necessary.
Figure 33

Com- (4) Choose level of details shown in the DICOM log files.
munication This will help for troubleshoot problems with DICOM communications (Default:
log No Trace). Meaning of levels:

 No Trace: no logging
 Simple: simple logging
 Verbose: detailed logging

NOTE:
 The DICOM.LOG file (one file per day) can be found in the directory:
D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE Client\Settings\Temp
 Disable this option (communication log) when the investigations are
finished. Otherwise the Dicom.log will grow very quickly and affect the
performance of the application.

Print (5) Enable printing on DICOM printers (Default: enabled).


Service

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 39 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

IMPORTANT:
It is also possible to create referral
paper prints at a paper printer (non
diagnostic / non DICOM).
This requires the "Paper Print (PP)"
license.
The availability of the license can be
checked in the "About box" of the SE
Standalone or SE Client.

Figure 34

Query / (6) Don’t change the default setting (60000 ms).


Retrieve This option allows setting the delay before getting a “Time Out” message for
Service Query/Retrieve.
Store (7) Don’t change the default setting (60000 ms).
Service This option allows setting the time out for DICOM store and retrieve requests.

NOTE:
It is recommended to leave the default values of ‘Time out’.

Worklist (8) Enable or disable the work list service.


Service When enabled, SE may retrieve a DICOM modality worklist from a DICOM entity
to assist in patient information reconciliation (Default: enabled).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 40 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.10 Application - Buffers

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Buffers

Purpose Define directories of buffers for receiving and sending images.

IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended to keep the default settings.

(2) Check the directories according to


the list below.

Figure 35

Reception Directory for reception buffer (temporary “receive” directory).


Buffer This “receive” directory is the folder that contains the images that are being received. If
not present, or if the drive is full, DICOM communication functionality will NOT work.
Default settings folder specified during installation, completed with folders:
Settings\Receive

Emission Directory for the emission buffer (temporary “sent” directory).


Buffer This “sent” directory is the folder that contains the images that are being sent. If not
present, or if the drive is full, DICOM communication functionality will NOT work.
Default settings folder specified during installation, completed with folders.
Settings\Send

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 41 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Buffer size It is possible to set the buffer size used when integrating received images to SE Server
or SE Standalone storage.
The buffer size value should be in between 0 and 100 MB. Default: 32 MB.
If with this default value, images are sent to the problem folder, reduce the buffer size
value to the smallest file size in the problem folder minus 5 MB.
Example:
There are two files in the “problem folder”: One with 22 MB and one with 18 MB. In this
case reduce the buffer size to 18 MB minus 5 MB = 13 MB.

NOTE:
Parameter “Buffer size (in MB)” was introduced with SE Suite 2.0.1 to solve a problem
with images appearing in the “problem folder”. For more information see also Service
Manual chapter “Troubleshooting”.

4.2.1.11 Application - E-mail

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application > E-
mail

Purpose Setup an e-mail server to allow the SE Standalone / SE Client application sending
e-mails in case of errors.
The e-mail recipient is setup in the maintenance window.

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.2.

Figure 36

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 42 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.12 Application - Export

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Export

Purpose Each CD created with the Export to DICOMdir Media module has a program
named Viewer.exe added (but also the DICOM instances, the binaries and Help
files). This viewer, also known as SE Media Viewer, runs automatically at insertion
of the CD.
These export files are stored under:
C:\Program Files\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\CdMatrix
The content of this directory is combined with the DICOMdir to be exported on CD by
SE Client via the module: Export to DICOMDIR Media.

(2) Define the directory to add to the


DICOM CD created by SE.
(3) Set the burning API. See NOTE
below.

Figure 37

NOTE:
 Exporting DicomDir on a CD-DVD media is possible using Microsoft IMAPI 2.0.
Do not use Nero burning software (was supported in earlier SE Suite software
versions). IMAPI 2.0 is supported natively starting with Windows Vista and
Windows Server 2008. Enabling IMAPI 2.0 functionality for Windows XP and
Windows Server 2003 requires the installation of the KB932716 update package.
 If the viewer is not required, in Options/Application Settings/Export
window, remove the path to the directory to be added during DICOMdir burning.

IMPORTANT:
Ensure that there is no virtual drive (added using e.g. Deamon Tools) on the SE
Client/Standalone machine when exporting to DicomDir media. This will cause
application crash.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 43 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.13 Application - Windowing

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Windowing

Purpose This screen is for information only. The values cannot be edited.

Figure 38

4.2.1.14 Application - Annotations

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Annotations

Purpose The annotations file contains all the useful text indication a clinical user could paste on
image (e.g. Left, Right, Front, Back, Lateral etc.). This file will be created in the
specified folder as soon as a user creates first label in the glossary via the SE
application.
Leave the default settings.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 44 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Enable or Disable the glossary


(Default: enabled).
If disabled, glossary functionality will
not be displayed in application.
(3) Enable or disable delay for code
typing. Each text can be put directly
on image by pressing <F6> key then
the two digits of the text ID on the
keyboards. If this option is disabled,
pressing <F6> opens directly
glossary dialog box and text could
not be put directly on image using the Figure 39
two digits of the text ID.

4.2.1.15 Application - Visualization

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Visualization

Purpose Define the visualization tools.

(2) Enable or disable the feature for


optimizing windowing on selection.
Optimize windowing on selection
toggles the Automatic windowing on
selection tool in the image area. This
will allow to set the best windowing of
the image according to the selection
made with the selection tool.
(Default: enable).

Figure 40

(3) Enable or disable the slice position functionality.


Slice position functionality allows viewing slice position in scout-view mode when
scout mode is enabled. (Default: enable).
(4) Enable or disable Display one magnifier per screen if SE should be
restricted to only one magnifier per screen (Default: enable).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 45 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.16 Application - MPR/MIP

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
MRP/MIP

Purpose Define settings to ensure the user loads significant images only.

(2) Enable or Disable MPR Series


analysis. (Default: enabled)
This option checks that original
images of the series have same
characteristics before rendering the
Multi Planar Reconstruction (MPR).
Please note that this extra analysis
has a negative effect on
performances.
(3) Enable or Disable Series MIP
analysis. (Default: enabled)
This option checks that original
images of the series have same Figure 41
characteristics before rendering the
Maximum Intensity Projection (MIP).
Please note that this extra analysis
has a negative effect on
performances.

4.2.1.17 Application - MammoDraw

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application > Mammo
Draw

Purpose Define the MammoDraw display

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 46 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Adapt the MammoDraw display:


 Disable
 Secondary capture
 Context Server synchronization

Figure 42

4.2.1.18 Application - OrthoView

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Orthoview

Purpose Define the path to integrate OrthoView.


OrthoView application integration is provided and supported in US and Canada
markets only. It is expected that the dealers will acquire the software and complete any
necessary installations.

(2) Enable or Disable OrthoView


(Default: disabled)
(3) Define OrthoView program path
(Default: disabled).
The License path will be asked by
Orthoview the first time it will be start.
The license file must be stored in the
same folder.

Figure 43

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 47 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.19 Application - Orthogon

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Orthogon

Purpose Define the main screen for Orthogon and the Orthogon paths.

(2) Define the Display Screen for


Orthogon.
(3) Set program path, input folder, output
folder and port. Recommendation:
Leave these settings on default.

Figure 44

4.2.1.20 Application - Maintenance

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Maintenance

Purpose Define whether and how SE Standalone / SE Client activities shall be logged.

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.6.

Figure 45

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 48 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.1.21 Application - Printing

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Application >
Printing

Purpose Define whether automatic alignment on printing depending on laterality of image should
be performed.

(2) Disable option “Enable automatic


alignment on printing on
laterality of image” to avoid
that images will be automatically
aligned depending on laterality (i.e.
shifted) for printing.

Recommendation: Do not disable this


parameter at Mammo images, as the
images will not be aligned with the
chest wall anymore.

Figure 46

NOTE:
This parameter was introduced with SE Suite 2.0.1.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 49 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.2 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - User Default

In these menus the defaults are defined for new users.

4.2.2.1 Default Preferences - General

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
General

Purpose Define the tutorial startup of the tutorial defined in menu: SE Standalone / Client
– Application > System > Tutorial startup page

(2) Adjust the tutorial startup:


 The configured tutorial will startup
at next start OR
 A message is displayed asking
whether you want to startup the
tutorial.

Figure 47

4.2.2.2 Default Preferences - Mouse

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
Mouse

Purpose Define the function of the mouse wheel.

(2) Adjust the function of the mouse


wheel:
 Zoom
 Browse in images

Figure 48

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 50 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.2.3 Default Preferences - Image

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
Image

Purpose Define the appearance of patient information, annotations and free drawings.

(2) Adjust image appearance as


requested by the customer.

Figure 49

NOTE:
Parameter “Display ‘Patient Orientation’ on image” was introduced with SE Suite 2.0.1.
By default it is disabled. If disabled, patient orientation is not displayed in the image
(image area and print view).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 51 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.2.4 Default Preferences - Measurement

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
Measurement

Purpose Define the appearance of measurement tools.

(2) Adjust measurement tool appearance


as requested by the customer.

Figure 50

4.2.2.5 Default Preferences - Visualization

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
Visualization

Purpose Define the appearance of the image magnifier.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 52 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Adjust the color in the magnifier


windows according to the customer
needs.

Figure 51

4.2.2.6 Default Preferences - Browser

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
Browser

Purpose Define the appearance of the image browser.

(2) Adjust the appearance of the image


browser according to the customer
needs.

Figure 52

4.2.2.7 Default Preferences - Warning

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User default >
Warning

Purpose Define whether a warning shall be sent for too old studies.

(2) Enable warning for too old study for


diagnosis
(3) Adapt the time for validity duration for
diagnosis in months.

Figure 53

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 53 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.3 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - User

In these menus the user settings of the currently logged in user are defined.

4.2.3.1 Default Preferences - General

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > General

Purpose Define the tutorial startup.

(2) Adjust the tutorial startup:


 Display at next start
 Ask at next start

Figure 54

4.2.3.2 Default Preferences - Mouse

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > Mouse

Purpose Define the function of the mouse wheel.

(2) Adjust the function of the mouse


wheel:
 Zoom
 Browse in images

Figure 55

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 54 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.3.3 Default Preferences - Image

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > Image

Purpose Define the appearance of patient information, annotations and free drawings.

(2) Adjust image appearance as


requested by the customer.

Figure 56

NOTE:
Parameter “Display ‘Patient Orientation’ on image” was introduced with SE Suite 2.0.1.
By default it is disabled. If disabled, patient orientation is not displayed in the image
(image area and print view).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 55 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.3.4 Default Preferences - Measurement

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > Measurement

Purpose Define the appearance of measurement tools.

(2) Adjust measurement tool appearance


as requested by the customer.

Figure 57

4.2.3.5 Default Preferences - Visualization

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User >
Visualization

Purpose Define the appearance of the image magnifier.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 56 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Adjust the color in the magnifier


windows according to the customer
needs.

Figure 58

4.2.3.6 User Preferences - Windows

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > Windows

Purpose Reset all windows to default position.

(2) Press <Reset> to reset all windows


to default position.

Figure 59

4.2.3.7 User Preferences - Browser

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > Browser

Purpose Define the appearance of the image browser.

(2) Adjust the appearance of the image


browser according to the customer
needs.

Figure 60

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 57 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.3.8 Default Preferences - Warning

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > User > Warning

Purpose Define whether a warning shall be sent for too old studies.

(2) Enable warning for too old study for


diagnosis
(3) Adapt the time for validity duration for
diagnosis in months.

Figure 61

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 58 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.4 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Databases

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Databases.

Purpose Add additional image storage paths or set up the automatic clean-up.
It is also possible to create additional (secondary) databases for teaching or demo
purposes. A default database is created during installation.

(2) Define the directory, where the


database configuration file is
stored.
Keep the default setting.

Figure 62

(3) Choose what SE should do, when images will be opened.


 <Do Nothing>: Open images without closing database window
 <Close database window>: The database window will close and the
images will be displayed
 <Switch to series tray>: Open images - Open series tray - close
database window
(4) Select <Add> to add a new database.
(5) Select <Modify> to modify the selected database. See next page.
(6) Select <Delete> to remove the selected database.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 59 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

When selecting <modify> following window is shown:

IMPORTANT:
Keep the default settings for  (Name of the database),  (Checkbox: This database
is the main database),  (ODBC connection string) and  (checkbox: Automatic
cleanup of studies)

Figure 63

General Name of the Database (1):


This name is the relevant name displayed in Database combo of browser. By default,
installation creates the main database with SE name.
This database is the main database (2):
This option allows to set the selected database as the main database. If activated, the
studies will be stored in this database by default. If no main database has been
specified, the first one becomes automatically the main database.
Leave default setting.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 60 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

ODBC ODBC Connection String (3):


Connection Keep default setting.
String

Automatic Automatic cleanup of the studies (4):


cleanup of Allow a cleanup of the patient database; the oldest studies are gradually deleted in
studies order to free some space to store new exams.
Archiving Archiving type: (5):
It is possible to archive series on CD/DVD, removable/local disks and network storage.

Click on the <Images Paths> button A (in Figure 63), the following window shows up.

Example with description

Figure 64

Image Paths (1):


Paths Example of image path using UNC path. In this example, Stilgar is the NetBIOS
name of the workstation/server and StoredObjects is a shared folder (with all the right
management and privileged correctly configured to allow read/write to the appropriate
users).
Add (2):
Allows adding a new directory where to store images.
Modify (3):
Allows modifying an image path.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 61 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

IMPORTANT:
These settings are used for all new DICOM instances that will be stored by the
application.

Delete (4):
Allows deleting an image path.

Arrows (5):
These arrows allow to order the folders where the images are stored.

After clicking on the <Cleanup Parameter> B (in Figure 63), the following window
appears:

Figure 65

High (1) Set the level where the clean-up process starts.
watermark
where
cleanup starts

Low (2) Set the level where the clean-up process stops.
watermark The oldest studies will be deleted in order to free some space for new studies.
where
cleanup
stops

(3) Click <OK> to confirm and save settings.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 62 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
Clean-up will be performed at the time as defined in Application settings /
Database. For details see section 4.2.1.6.
IMPORTANT:
When choosing auto cleaning 'thresholds', be aware that the image local storage area
might be shared with other applications requiring disk space. Cleanup is always based
on available space and it may clean more images than expected, when other programs
using disk space. It is strongly recommended to dedicate a hard drive partition for
application image storage.
Before activating the automatic cleaning of oldest studies, system administrator and
service engineer must carefully set the thresholds that trigger the cleaning of studies,
according to the medical legal rules of his/her country. The system must not start
cleaning the studies that are within the legal long term storage range.

When selecting <Archiving> it is possible to archive on a local path or a network


path:
(1) For CD/DVD, removable/local disks, select a local drive from the dropdown list.
(2) For network storage, use the browse button to specify a network directory.

NOTE:
When the partition or disk space specified for archiving is buggy, a message is
displayed and a warning is logged: “Please verify its volume label (which must not be
empty), if it is available and that specified path is correct”.

Figure 66

If the archiving folder of the series to be archived already exists under the specified
manual archiving path, there is an error dialog displayed for the user and the archiving
process is cancelled (See screenshot below).

Figure 67

If the archiving option is activated with a network storage and automatic cleaning is
activated, then the automatic cleaning will automatically archive the study with the
same principle as for the cleaning.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 63 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.5 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Dicom Directory

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Dicom Directory.

Purpose Configure DICOM correspondents in the system.

(2) Click on Add or Modify to add or edit a


DICOM correspondent. Refer to 4.2.5.1
for next steps.

Figure 68

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 64 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.5.1 DICOM Correspondent

Figure 69

Name (1) Enter here an alias for the DICOM correspondent. It can be different from AET.
Should be a relevant alias such as: NX v2, QS 3.5 etc.

Connection (2) Set this parameter to DICOM in order to set a DICOM correspondent.
Type For DICOM Options refer to the following pages.
For E-MAIL option see 4.2.5.5.

NOTE:
Choosing connection Type will change the fields, which can be edited.
TCP/IP, it is not supported.

IP address (3) Set the IP address or host name of the DICOM correspondent.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 65 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Password & “Password”, “Speciality” label and “Context type” combo box are grayed out by default
Context in the DICOM “New correspondent” dialog box.
Type &
Speciality

DICOM (4) Port number: Set the TCP port for DICOM Transfer, default is 104.
(5) Called AE Title: Set the Called AE Title.
(6) Calling AE Title: Set the Calling AE Title.
(7) Supported services: Set the service that is supported by the correspondent.
For worklist option see 4.2.5.6.
IMPORTANT:
The Store and Print options are not allowed to be activated same time.
(8) Click on <Options> at the below area of the Correspondent screen to get access
to DICOM options of the correspondent.
Refer to the next sections for more information about the settings.

4.2.5.2 DICOM Store Options

The supported services option <Store>


in the <Correspondent> window must
be enabled to get access to the DICOM
Store options.
Figure 70

Integrate When the box:<Integrate local


to send modifications and graphics into
images to send> is ticked, it gives
access to 2 graphics integration methods:
Choose one graphics integration method:
 As Dicom Overlays Figure 71
 Hardcoded in
image pixels

Modifications include patient information, image rotations, inversions and


windowing.
Graphics are annotations, drawings and measurements.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 66 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

WARNING:
Loss of information within the image can cause misdiagnosis.
Enabling option <Hardcoded in image pixels> is in the responsibility of the user.
When ROI (Region of Interest) and/or any annotation are hard coded in the pixels,
some relevant information within the image might get lost because the original pixel
information is replaced by the ROI/annotation.

4.2.5.3 DICOM Print Option

(1) Click on <Options> at the below


area of the correspondent screen to
get access DICOM options of the
corresponded.
The supported services option
<Print> in the <Correspondent> Figure 72
window must be enabled to get
access to the DICOM Print options..

Figure 73

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 67 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

WARNING:
Misdiagnosis based on improper printouts.
By default, the SE Standalone allows printing on DICOM Printers.
Only administrator profile is able to set-up printers in SE.
It is the responsibility of the Customer to ensure that the
configuration / calibration and the Quality tests have been made properly when
registering a new printer.
Once the quality control has successfully passed, these parameters must not be
modified unless one the component of the imaging chain has changed (e.g. light box
luminance).
NOTE:
If send of Presentation LUT enabled:
SE Standalone will send the Presentation LUT to Printer and send images in P-Values.
To fine tune the system and guarantee image rendering consistency between softcopy
and printed hardcopy, 2 attributes must be sent to the printer: Illumination and
Reflected Ambient Light.
 Illumination is the luminance of the light box where film will be looked.
 Reflected Ambient Light is the luminance contribution of the ambient light
which will have an effect on the luminance of the light box (0 would be value of
absolute dark environment).
These settings depend on the local viewing conditions (light box, ambient light) of the
viewing room. They must be determined when configuring a new printer.
Same printer can be declared several times with different settings (and so for different
viewing conditions).

WARNING:
 Check that Presentation LUT can be received by the DICOM Printer.
If no, disable the option in the DICOM Options Dialog Box.
 Check that Maximum Density can be received by the DICOM Printer.
If yes, enable the option and enter Maximum Density value.

Magnifi- (2) Choose preferred magnification type in the drop list.


cation type

Maximum (3) Enable when printer supports Maximum density sent by workstation.
density Choose the correct value to send to the printer, Default is 300.
The value should correspond with the maximum density value for which the
printer has been calibrated.
Enable in case the printer supports P-Values (Presentation LUT).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 68 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Send of Illumination: This parameter depends on the illumination box.


presentation The default parameter for GenRad is 2000 cd/m2.
LUT
Reflected Ambient Light: This parameter depends on the darkness of the
environment. The default parameter for GenRad is 10 cd/m2.
Size of film (4) Choose the films size available in the printer among those available in the list.
What’s in the field Title is only an “alias” a film size really is defined/computed by
columns / rows / pixel size parameters.
With unit it is possible to change unit (inch or cm) for setting input.
(5) Click <OK> to exit and save.

Figure 74

It is possible to declare the same DICOM printer several times in the Directory.
This allows to have different profiles for the same printer, for example:
 Printing with different settings.
 Printing for viewing in rooms with different viewing conditions or light boxes.

NOTE:
It is possible to place two different logos in the printer footer left and right.
The logo has to be available in the \Res folder (Default: D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE
Client\Settings\Res) as defined in the GUI Application Settings – Directories menu.
Details see section 4.2.1.1.
 To customize the logo on the lower left side of the print layout, copy the logo in
the 'Res' folder and rename it to 'CompanyLogo.bmp'.
 To customize the logo on the lower right side of the print layout, copy the logo in
the 'Res' folder and rename it to 'InstitutionLogo.bmp '.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 69 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.5.4 DICOM Echo Testing

In the DICOM Options dialog box, a DICOM C-ECHO can be performed in order to
check the availability of the DICOM correspondent. Please note, that not all DICOM
devices implement the C-ECHO functionality.

Figure 75

4.2.5.5 Email Correspondent

Figure 76

Name (1) Enter the name / alias of the email correspondent.

Connection (2) It must be set to E-Mail.


Type

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 70 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Specialty (3) Enter the department speciality.

SMTP (4) Enter the address of the SMTP Server, for outgoing mail.
Server The SMTP server should support HTML e-mail.
Email (5) Enter the eMail address of the radiologist receiving the images.
Address

IMPORTANT:
This email feature should be used on a secure LAN or using VPN connection.

4.2.5.6 DICOM Worklist

Figure 77

Name (1) Enter the name / alias of the worklist correspondent.

Connection (2) It must be set to DICOM.


Type

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 71 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Port Number (3) Enter the DICOM worklist port number.

Called AE (4) Enter the AE title of the worklist provider.


Title

Email (5) Enter the Calling AE title of SE.


Address

Supported (6) Set to Worklist.


services

4.2.6 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Demographic Image Informations

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Demographic Image
Informations

Purpose Set the demographic information to display on the image area.


It is possible to add, remove or edit demographic information from a specific corner
(upper left, upper right, lower left or lower right) by modifying the Demographic
Elements table.
Each element of the table represents one line to be displayed and can be composed by
a set of demographic information.
This demographic information can be:
 A DICOM tag
 A single tag (which cannot be combined with others demographic elements):
o Zoom
o View abbreviation
Note that the list of available demographic elements is available in section 5.5.
The wizard creates a new ImageInfo.xml in the config folder and keeps the old file with
the name ImageInfo.xml.old.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 72 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Select one of the four rectangles


followed by <Add> to add a
demographic element.
(3) Select one of the four rectangles, a
demographic element and <modify>
to modify a demographic element.

Figure 78

(4) Add, remove or modify one element


of the line.

Figure 79

(5) Choose the Prefix and whether it shall


be displayed only if the line is empty.
(6) When finished, restart the application.

Figure 80

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 73 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.7 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Acquisition Configuration

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Acquisition


configuration

Purpose Set up SE to allow acquiring images via Agfa digitizer (e.g. CR 30-X 2nd).

(1) Select checkbox “enable”


(2) Fill in the required information: See
table below.

For more information refer to section 3.4.

Figure 81

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 74 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Parameter / Button / Checkbox Required Setting


Checkbox "Enable" Allows enabling or disabling acquisition in
SE Standalone. Note, that this only can be
enabled when the CR acquisition license
is available.
Digitizer IP Address* Digitizer IP address.
Digitizer AE Title* Digitizer AE Title.
Direct ID host Port* Fast ID port on SE Standalone
workstation
Direct ID host IP address* IP address of SE Standalone workstation
Direct ID Dig Port* Fast ID port on the digitizer
Store SCP Host Port* Port for DICOM image acquisition on SE.
Store SCP Host AE Title* SE Standalone DICOM Application Entity
Title
Destination name* Local station name (Computer name)
Cropping / Black border: Performs automatic cropping to region of
interest with black borders after
acquisition.
* These settings must match the digitizer settings. See also section 3.4.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 75 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.8 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Glossary

Menu (3) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Glossary

Purpose Define pre list of annotations.

(4) Choose <Add> to add text.


(5) Selecting checkbox Delay before
opening this window gives a short
time delay to allow entering a shortcut
to open a glossary item (e.g. pressing
F6 + 01 takes the first item in the
glossary).

Figure 82

(6) Enter the required text and select <OK>


to add text.
(7) Select <Font, color> to adapt text
font ot color.

Figure 83

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 76 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.9 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Automatic Query Retrieve

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Automatic Query
retrieve

Purpose At the ‘launch hour’, SE Standalone will automatically query priors of all items of the
selected ‘DICOM Worklist’ at the selected ‘Scheduled date’. This depends on:
 Configured ‘matching keys’ (configurable on the bottom of the parameter window)
and
 Study Date of the worklist item.
The number of retrieved studies depends on the configured 'Date Range' and 'Limit
studies number'.
Then SE Standalone will retrieve the priors from this ‘DICOM correspondent’.
Only an SE administrator is able to configure these settings to minimize risks of missed
diagnosis.

(2) Select checkbox <Enable>.


(3) Adjust the launch hour.
(4) Select the Dicom Worklist
correspondent (configured as
described in section 2.4).
(5) Select the scheduled date. Example:
"d+1" means:
Current date plus 1 day (will query all
priors of exams planned for
tomorrow).
(6) Select the date range in years (e.g.
mammo range should be 2 years).
(7) Enter a limit for the number of
studies.
(8) Select "Configure matching keys".
The screen displayed in Figure 85
opens.
Figure 84

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 77 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

IMPORTANT:
It is highly recommended to adjust the launch hour at a time where there is no user on
the workstation to avoid SE Standalone performance decrease. The automatic
Query / Retrieve will not work however, when the Standalone application is closed or
the computer switched off

NOTE:
If the "limit of studies number" is less than the number of studies to get, the most recent
studies are retrieved.

(9) Select <Add> to configure matching


keys.

Figure 85

(10) Fill-in a Worklist and Series Tags.


Matching keys value can be:
 Worklist DICOM tags
o (0008,0060) Modality
o (0040,0007) Scheduled
Procedure Step Description
Figure 86
o (0032,1060) Requested
Procedure Description
 Series DICOM tags
o (0008,0060) Modality
o (0018,0015) Bodypart
o (0008,1030) Study Description

NOTE:
Matching keys will be matched with a strict equality. If no matching key is configured
this means, that any key is used.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 78 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.10 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Automatic send

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Automatic send

Purpose Set up automatic sending of images to another DICOM Server depending on certain
criteria.

IMPORTANT:
The scenario shown below is required for Mammography studies only.
All other studies can be sent directly.

1a The images are sent to SE Standalone from a modality.


1b The modality sends the same images to the DICOM Server at the same time.
2 The radiologist diagnoses the study and makes some changes such as W/L,
annotations and measurements.
3 The created data are saved as GSPS object and/or SR report and are sent to the
configured DICOM Server: The configured DICOM Server contains all data:
Images sent by the modality and others created data sent by SE Standalone.

SE Standalone 3 Send created


1a Store data to server
images

2 Diagnose the study

Modality
DICOM Server

1b Store images

Figure 87

WARNING:
Successful transfer and storage of the images is not guaranteed when images are not
sent to a DICOM Server in parallel (see connection 1b ). In this case Storage
Commitment SCU/SCP is not available. Use this function at your own risk.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 79 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Select checkbox Automatic


sending of data from studies
defined by following
criteria.
(3) Adjust hour of activation. Default: 0
(4) Select <Configure>.
Figure 88

IMPORTANT:
The hour of activation should be within the working hours. The automatic sending will
NOT work when the Standalone application is closed or the computer is switched off.
This can lead to loss of diagnostic relevant data such as SR and annotations.

(5) In the "Automatic sending rule" window


select <Add>.

Figure 89

(6) Select <Add> to add a rule.


(7) Select checkbox Delete after
sending if removing images after
sending is required.

Figure 90

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 80 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
Rules are an addition of sub-rules (AND condition).
Each rule is independent from each other (OR condition).
Sub-rules syntax is equivalent to filtering rules syntax.
Example: For date it can be ‘d’ or ‘d-1’ etc.

(8) Select the "Sub-Rules".


Following sub-rules can be selected:
 (0002,0016) Source AE Title
 (0008,0020) Study Date
 (0008,0060) Modality
 (0008,0080) Institution Name
 (0008,0090) Referring Physician
 (0008,1010) Station Name
 (0008,1030) Study Description
 (0008,103E) Series Description
 (0008,1050) Performing Physician
 (0010,0040) Sex
 (0010,4000) Patient Comments
 (0018,0015) Body Part
 (0018,1030) Protocol Name
 (0020,4000) Image Comments
 (0032,4000) Study Comments

4.2.11 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Worklist Client

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Worklist Client

Purpose Setup the worklist server to display the worklist in SE Cleint / Standalone.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 81 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Choose the <Worklist


information server> as
configured in the
correspondent/directory window.
(3) Tick <Warn user when sending a
request without any
criterion> to get following result:
A warning appears after each refresh to
Figure 91
warn user when sending a request
without any criterion (i.e. if no filter in
the worklist window)

(1) Enable <Automatic worklist refresh>.


The worklist refresh time is the time, when the worklist will synchronize by itself and
updates the list in the database.
Only needed if <Automatic worklist refresh> is enabled.
(2) Click on <Configure> to set up parameters of patient data.
These are the parameters which will be updated when "automatic update" is
enabled. Choose here, which parameter of the patient data should be overwritten,
completed or not touched.
(3) Enable <Automatic update> to automatically update studies coming in SE
depending on criteria defined in the <Configure> menu.
(4) Click <OK> to confirm and save settings.

4.2.12 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client - Activation Key

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Activation Key

Purpose Get activation key, if license is not available yet (e.g. during grace period).

(2) Select Copy fingerprint to


clipboard and paste it in a notepad.
(3) Enter the activation key in the Agfa
ELMS system.

Figure 92

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 82 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.2.13 SE Central - SE Standalone/Client – Dicom Print Option

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Standalone / Client > Dicom Print
Option

Purpose Define demographic data or free text that shall be added to DICOM print sessions, as
part of "Basic Print Film Session  Film Session Label" (2000,0050). This allows e.g.
to print booklets with the patient's name on the cover. Note, that the complete string
should not exceed 64 characters. See IMPORTANT note below.

(2) Define the Separator value


between different data, according
to the requirements of the Dicom
print modality. See also
IMPORTANT note below.
The separator cannot be an
alphanumeric, space or caret (“^”).
Default is a comma (“,”). Examples
for other possible characters:
“.” or “_” or “;”
Figure 93

(3) If free text is requested by the customer, enter text in the “free text” input field
(e.g. St. Patrick Hospital) and click <Add>.
(4) For the available predefined Dicom tags, select the tag in the drop down list and
click <Add>. Following Dicom tags are available in the drop down list:
 Patient’s Name (0010,0010)
 Patient ID (0010,0020)
 Patient’s Birth Date (0010,0030)
 Patient’s Sex (0010,0040)
 Accession Number (0008,0050)
 Study Date (0008,0020)
(5) To change the order, select the value in the left pane and click <Move up> or
<Move down>.
(6) Click <Remove> to remove a previously defined value.
(7) Click <OK> to confirm and save settings.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 83 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

IMPORTANT:
 If printed images are not from the same patient or the same studies, empty
demographic values will be sent.
 If the created string value is bigger than 64 characters, only the first values will be
sent. The others will be empty. The required separators will always be sent.
Example: Free Text + Patient's name + patient's birth date + study date shall be
sent. Separator value is “_”.
o Sent string with length < 64 characters:
1/1^ST^PATRICK^HOSPITAL_SMITH^JOHN^^^_19560816_20130409
o Sent string exceeding 64 characters (e.g. string with free text is already
55 characters):
1/1^ST^PATRICK^HOSPITAL^RADIOLOGY^DEPARTMENT^DR^MILLER^___

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 84 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.3 SE Central - SE Server

Figure 94

For descriptions to SE Central - SE Server settings refer to:

SE Central - SE Server Menu Reference


Service Settings - Directories 4.2.1.1
Service Settings - Database 4.2.1.6
Service Settings - Acquisition 4.2.1.7
Service Settings - Dicom 4.2.1.9
Service Settings - Buffers 4.2.1.10
Service Settings - E-Mail 4.2.1.11
Service Settings - Maintenance 4.2.1.20
Service Settings - HL7 4.2.1.8
Databases 4.2.4
Automatic send 4.2.10
Dicom Directory 4.2.5
Worklist Options 4.2.11
Activation Key 4.2.12

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 85 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.4 SE Central - SE Web Server

4.4.1 SE Central - SE Web Server - Communication

IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended to keep the default settings created by the installer.

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > Communication

Purpose Adjust Web Server communication parameters.

(2) Choose the IP address or DSN


name of the server running Internet
Information Services (IIS).
Loopback address should never be
used in this field.
Note, that this menu is available at
SE Server only, not on SE
Standalone.
Figure 95

(3) Choose the Virtual directory name IIS. This is a IIS setting, which
should be filled in automatically by the installer (in edicom.ini)
(4) Choose the CGI file name. This file is used by SE Web on the client side.
This field is automatically filled by the Installer.
(5) Enable or Disable Secured communication (https). Disabled by default.
Leave default value

4.4.2 SE Central - SE Web Server - Email

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > E-mail

Purpose Setup an e-mail server to allow the Web Server sending e-mails in case of errors.
The e-mail recipient is setup in the maintenance window.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 86 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Enter the Email Server name or


IP address (Default: empty).

Figure 96

(3) Enter a login known by the server (Default: empty).


(4) Enter Email Server password (Default: empty).
(5) Enter the Sender email address which will appear in the "From" field (Default:
empty)

IMPORTANT:
This information must be provided by site administrator.

4.4.3 SE Central - SE Web Server - DICOM Source

IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended to keep the default settings created by the installer.

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > DICOM Source

Purpose Defines the location of the database description file.

(2) Choose the Folder which contains the


Database description file
(PaxBase.par).

Figure 97

(3) Choose a temporary folder.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 87 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.4.4 SE Central - SE Web Server - HTML

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > HTML

Purpose Adjust the folder which contains the HTML files.

(2) Choose the HTML files


directory.

Figure 98

4.4.5 SE Central - SE Web Server - Security

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > Security

Purpose Adjust license / session related items.

(2) Choose the Users directory for


profiles. This should be a UNC path
when several SE Clients share users.

Figure 99

(3) Choose the Licenses directory, where the license file (*.lic file) is located.
(4) Set the Session timeout (in minutes). This is the automatic logout of the
user in case of no user activities.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 88 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.4.6 SE Central - SE Web Server - Maintenance

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Web Server > Web Server > Maintenance

Purpose Define whether and how activities on the Web Server shall be logged.

(2) Enable or disable <Use Syslog>


(Default: enabled).
(3) Enter <Syslog server IP
address>.
(Default: 127.0.0.1, the local
computer)
(4) Enable or disable <Kiwi Syslog>.
(Default: disabled).
By default, log is configured to use
SE Syslog server application.

Figure 100

(5) Enter <Syslog server port number> (Default: 514 and grayed out).
Remark: This option is used to report log message in KIWI Syslog server and not in
SE Syslog server.
(6) Enable or disable <ATNA logs> (Default: enabled and grayed out).
(7) In menu Administrator e-mail address for error reporting set the
e-mail address of the recipient to notify in case of errors.

NOTE:
The Audit Trail and Node Authentication (ATNA) IHE profile establishes security
measures which provide patient information confidentiality, data integrity and user
accountability.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 89 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.5 SE Central - SE Syslog

4.5.1 SE Central - SE Syslog - Syslog Service

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Syslog > Syslog > Syslog Service

Purpose Define the communication port between Syslog_GUI and Syslog Service.

(2) Set the Refresh command port


for GUI syslog tool.
Default: 34034

Figure 101

4.5.2 SE Central - SE Syslog - Syslog Database

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Syslog > Syslog > Database

Purpose Define the syslog message database.

(2) Select the Syslog messages


database. Default “syslog_odbc”.
(3) Define user name and password.
Default: sa / < for password see menu:
SE Central > SE User
Administration Tool >
Database >
Figure 102

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 90 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.5.3 SE Central - SE Syslog - Syslog Tool

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Syslog > Syslog > Syslog Tool

Purpose Define the number of hours from which the Syslog_GUI starts displaying previous
messages already stored in the syslog database.

(2) Set number of hours for Display


messages logged from last
(hours). Default: 48 hours.

Figure 103

4.5.4 SE Central - SE Syslog - SELog

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Syslog > Syslog > SELog

Purpose Define the listening port for syslog messages received via SELog interface.

(2) Set Listening port for syslog


messages received via SELog
interface.
Default port: 40001
Figure 104

4.6 SE Central - SE Worklist Service

4.6.1 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Database

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server >
Database

Purpose Define the worklist server database.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 91 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Select the DICOM worklist


service database. Default
“WORKLIST_ODBC”.
(3) Define user name and password.
Default: sa / <for password see menu:
SE Central > SE User
Administration Tool >
Database >
Figure 105

4.6.2 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Acquisition

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server >
Acquisition

Purpose Define the path where the HL7 Gateway service is passing the A01 messages
(mapped into proprietary type).

(2) Select the Mailbox Directory.


Default: D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE
Client\Settings\DMWKLMailbox

On the SE Server the default path is:


D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Figure 106
Server\Settings\DMWKLMailbox

4.6.3 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Cleaning

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server >
Database

Purpose Determine for how long the entries are being kept in the worklist database.

(2) Select Clean up period. Default


Monthly.

Figure 107

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 92 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.6.4 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service DICOM

Menu Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server > DICOM

Purpose Define the parameters for the Dicom Modality Worklist query.

(1) Select the DICOM worklist


service port number.
Default: 3320

Figure 108

(2) Define Default DICOM value for the Default Modality and the Default
AE title.
Example: For settings "CR" for Default modality and "NX1" for Default AE title the
SE DMWKL service would always fill in the modality type CR and Scheduled
Station AET NX1 in its response.
(3) Define where the Dicom queries log file (Dicom trace file directory) is
located.

4.6.5 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service E-mail

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server >
E-Mail

Purpose Setup an e-mail server to allow the Worklist service sending e-mails in case of errors.
The e-mail recipient is setup in the maintenance window

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.2.

Figure 109

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 93 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

4.6.6 SE Central - SE Worklist Service - Worklist Service Maintenance

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server >
Maintenance

Purpose Define whether and how Worklist Service activities shall be logged.

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.6.

Figure 110

4.7 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway

4.7.1 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - HL7 Gateway Service

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE HL7 Gateway > HL7 Gateway > HL7 Gateway
Service

Purpose Define the parameters for the HL7 service is receiving the messages from the
RIS/PMS/EMR system.

(2) Define the HL7 Gateway service


port. Default 2575.

Figure 111

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 94 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(3) Define the HL7 mailbox.


Default: D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\HL7Mailbox

On the SE Server the default path is:


D:\AGFA HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\HL7Mailbox

4.7.2 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - Database

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE HL7 Gateway > HL7 Gateway > Database

Purpose Define the HL7 Gateway messages database.

(2) Select HL7 Gateway messages


database.
Default: “SE_CLIENT_ODBC” for SE
Standalone and SE_SERVER_ODBC”
for SE Server
(3) Define user name and password.
Default: sa / <for password see menu:
SE Central > SE User
Administration Tool >
Database >
Figure 112

4.7.3 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - E-mail

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE HL7 Gateway > HL7 Gateway > E-mail

Purpose Setup an e-mail server to allow the HL7 gateway sending e-mails in case of errors.
The e-mail recipient is setup in the maintenance window

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 95 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.2.

Figure 113

4.7.4 SE Central - SE HL7 Gateway - Maintenance

Menu (1) Click: SE Central > SE Worklist Service > Worklist Server >
Maintenance

Purpose Define whether and how HL7 Gateway activities shall be logged.

(2) Adjust as described in section 4.4.6.

Figure 114

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 96 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5 Appendices

5.1 Language Settings

NOTE:
Following applications or GUIs are available in English language only:
 Activation Key
 DBVersion
 DMWKL Service
 HL7Gateway Service
 HP Wizard
 SE Access
 SE Server
 SE Service Dashboard
 SE Smart Backup
 SE Syslog Server
For dependencies of the other applications refer to section 2.1.

5.1.1 Language Settings of SE Standalone / SE Client

Select the required steps depending on the language of SE Client / Standalone user
interface and the Language of Operating system:
Language of user Language of Required Steps
interface (Latin-1 Operating system
Languages)
 Danish Operating system (1) Modify language of user interface.
 Dutch language = See 2.1.
user interface
 English
language NOTE: LNG (Language) option not needed in
 Finnish
license file.
 French
Operating system NOT RECOMMENDED
 German language ≠ (1) Modify language of user interface.
 Italian user interface See 2.1.
 Norwegian language (2) Modify Keyboard Language.
 Portuguese NOTE: requires a keyboard compatible with
 Spanish the selected language.
 Swedish (3) Modify Regional and language options.
NOTE: LNG (Language) option not needed
in license file.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 97 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Language of SE Language of Required Steps


Client user Operating system
interface (NON
Latin-1 Languages)
 Bulgarian Operating system (1) Modify language of user interface.
 Croatian language = See 2.1.
user interface
 Czech
language
 Estonian
NOTE: LNG* (Language) option required in
 Greek
license file.
 Hungarian
Operating system
 Latvian language ≠ NOT SUPPORTED
 Lithuanian user interface
 Polish language
 Romanian
 Russia
 Slovak
 Slovenian
 Turkish

*NOTE:
The availability of the LNG option can be
checked in the "About Box" of the
SE Standalone or SE Client.

Figure 115

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 98 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.1.2 Appendix: Supported Character Sets / corresponding Languages Relationship


Table

NOTE:
How to use the table next page:
It is highly recommended to install the SE Suite components on a MS Windows
Operating System native language identical to the required SE application language.
If in a particular case this is not possible, then be sure that the character set of the SE
application language matches the character set of the Microsoft Windows OS
language.
This table helps to identify, which languages of the operating system are supported
(i.e. use the same character set).

Example 1:
Language of operating system = Czech  This is an ISO 8859-2 Latin-2 Language.
Following languages do have the same character set, and can be used for SE
application languages:
 Croatian
 Russian

Example 2:
Language of operating system = Turkish  This is an ISO 8859-9 Latin-5 Language.
This is the only language in this table with this character set. No other languages
(except Turkish) can be selected for SE applications.

Legend to table next page:


means: Language is of the language type as indicated in this column.
means: Language is not of the language type as indicated in this column.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 99 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Language Official language in following countries Supported SE

Modern Greek
version

ISO-8859-1

ISO-8859-2

ISO-8859-5

ISO-8859-7

ISO-8859-4

ISO-8859-9
Cyrillic
Latin-1

Latin-2

Latin-4

Latin-5
Bulgarian Bulgaria ≥ v 1.2
Croatian Croatia ≥ v 1.2
Czech Czech Republic ≥ v 1.2
Danish Denmark ≥ v 1.1
Dutch Netherlands, Belgium, Suriname ≥ v 1.1
English Europe: UK, Ireland, Malta ≥ v 1.1
America's: USA
Africa: Nigeria, South Africa, Sudan, Kenya, Canada,
Uganda, Ghana, Mauritius, Cameroon, Zimbabwe, Malawi,
Zambia, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, Papua New Guinea,
Singapore, Liberia, Jamaica, Namibia, Lesotho, Botswana,
Gambia, Guyana
Asia: Australia, New Zealand, India, Pakistan, Philippines,
Tuvalu
Estonian Estonia ≥ v 1.2
Finnish Finland ≥ v 1.1
French Europe: France, Belgium, Switzerland, Luxemburg ≥ v 1.1
Mahgreb: Mauretania, Morocco, Tunesia, Algeria, Lebanon
Africa: Benin, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon,
Canada, Central African Republic, Cape Verde, Chad,
Comoros, Congo, Djibouti, Equatorial Guinea , Gabon,
Guinea, Madagascar, Mali, Niger, Rwanda, Senegal,
Seychelles, Togo,
America's: Canada, Haiti
Asia: Laos, Cambodia
German Germany, Austria ≥ v 1.1
Greek Greece ≥ v 1.2
Hungarian Hungary ≥ v 1.2
Italian Italy ≥ v 1.1
Latvian Latvia ≥ v 1.2
Lithuanian Lithuania ≥ v 1.2
Norwegian Norway ≥ v 1.1
Polish Poland ≥ v 1.2
Portuguese Europe: Portugal ≥ v 1.1
Africa: Angola, Cape Verde, Guinea-Bissau, São Tomé and
Príncipe, Mozambique
America's: Brazil
Romanian Romania, Moldavia ≥ v 1.2
Russian Russia, Kazachstan, Kyrgystan, (Latvia, Estonia, Belarus) ≥ v 1.2
Slovak Slovakia ≥ v 1.2
Slovenian Slovenia ≥ v 1.2
Spanish Europe: Spain ≥ v 1.1
America's: Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico , Nicaragua, Panama,
Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela
Swedish Sweden ≥ v 1.1
Turkish Turkey ≥ v 1.2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 100 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2 Configuring Backup (Smart Backup)

5.2.1 General Information about SmartBackup

SmartBackup:
 Works for SE Standalone and SE Server.
 Can work in silent mode (except restore).
 Can be used by Windows administrator account only (who has write rights).
 Can be used to backup images of the main database installed on a SE system (SE
Standalone or SE Server).
 Creates zip files which name contains date and hour.

WARNING:
Recovering wrong backup files can lead problems with the software, database
crashes and loss of configurations.
In order to backup more than one configuration from different computers, it is
mandatory to specify a different backup path for each computer. In fact, only the last
backup file is conserved in the backup path and all older ones are removed.

NOTE:
SmartBackup uses one temporary folder for backup and restore operations. This folder
path can be specified in the smartbackup.ini settings file.

[Directories]
TempPath=C:\Temp (by default)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 101 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2.2 Installation of Smartbackup

NOTE:
Smartbackup is automatically installed by SE Suite Installer.
User has to specify the path (UNC path) where backed up zip files will be stored only
(see installer window below).

Figure 116

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 102 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2.3 Default settings of SmartBackup

By default, for SE Standalone the following data are backed up:

 \AGFA Healthcare\SE Client Settings


 \WINDOWS\SigmaW.ini
 \WINDOWS\DMWKLSrv.ini
 \WINDOWS\HL7Gateway.ini
 \WINDOWS\Smartbackup.ini
 \WINDOWS\Syslog_gui.ini
 \WINDOWS\Syslog_srv.ini
 \WINDOWS\SEStandaloneInstall.ini
 SeSuiteComponents.ini
 eDicom.ini
 Admin.ini
 SeCentral.ini
 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\TSI\SE User Management Tool register key
 HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Agfa Healthcare\ServiceDashboard
 HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Traitement Synthese Image\SE Worklist Client

Always backed up:


 MainDBName=IMPAX_SE
 AdminDBName=ADMIN
 LogDBName=SYSLOG_DB

NOTE:
If database instance name or main database name are different from IMPAX_SE,
this must be modified in smartbackup.ini file as indicated below. User and Password
can be also defined in this settings file if they are different from default values :

[Database]
InstanceName=IMPAX_SE
MainDBName=IMPAX_SE
User=sa
Password=<*>

* for password see menu: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Database
 

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 103 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2.4 Modification of Default Settings

To modify default backup settings, follow the steps below:


(1) Log in Windows as administrator account.
(2) Open Smartbackup tool.
(3) Click <Setup>.

Figure 117

Figure 118

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 104 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(4) Select the <Backup> sheet.


(5) Select the <Backup path> where backed up zip files will be stored
(it must be a UNC path).
(6) Select checkbox "Backup Images" if required.
(7) Adapt the path to the main database configuration file if required.

NOTE:
If needed, the following actions can be carried out:
 Choosing new items to be backed up with one of the following buttons:
Add File, Add Path or Add Registry
 Selecting an existing item in the backup entries list then click delete to remove it
from the list of files to be backed up.

(8) Click <OK>.

5.2.5 Schedule Backup

In order to use SmartBackup as a scheduled task under Windows,


follow the steps below:
(1) In Windows, click:
Start / All programs / Accessories / System Tools / Scheduled Tasks.

(2) Click <Add Scheduled Task>.

Figure 119

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 105 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(3) Click <Next>.

Figure 120

(4) Click <Browse> and select SmartBackupCmd.exe from SmartBackup


installation bin directory (Default: Program Files\Agfa HealthCare\SmartBackup).

Figure 121

(5) Select a name for this task (example: SmartBackup) and specify if it is a
daily/weekly/monthly … task (example: daily).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 106 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 122

(6) Select Start time and Date for


this task. Keep default settings and
click on <Next>.

Figure 123

(7) Specify Windows User /


Password used to execute this
task and click on <Next>.

Figure 124

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 107 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(8) Keep default settings and click on


<Finish>. The SmartBackup
task is successfully added to the
list of Windows scheduled tasks.

Figure 125

(9) Double-click <Task> icon to modify


SmartBackup task properties.

Figure 126

(10) In Task tab  field Run, add one of following arguments behind <"C:\Program
Files\AGFA Healthcare\SmartBackup\SmartBackupCmd.exe"> to backup
images:
 /bk /bkoutputdir:”{the backup path}”
 /bkentriesfile:”{the ini file path of backup entries}”
 /bkimages:{yes|no}
 /bkimagesbaseparfile:”{the db config file .par path}”
Example: See Figure 127.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 108 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 127

(11) In Task tab field Run, add one of following arguments behind <"C:\Program
Files\AGFA Healthcare\SmartBackup\SmartBackupCmd.exe"> to restore images:
 /restore /restorezipfile:”{the backup zip file path}”
 /restoredb:{yes|no}
 /restoreimages:{yes|no}

NOTE:
Use the /installshield argument bypass the admin user test.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 109 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
It is possible to use a different external tool for synchronization simply by adding these
key-values in the smartbackup.ini file under [BackupImages] section:
 Command={name of the synchronization tool}
Example: Command=$Path\Toucan
Variable ‘$Path’ must be changed only if the synchronization tool is located
elsewhere than the current directory.
 For backup  BackupCmdLineArgs={all arguments needed to create a backup
copy (mirror function in most of the time) of the images}
Example: BackupCmdLineArgs=Sync "$Source" "$Target" Mirror "" true true true
true
Which means a synchronization between source and destination in Mirror mode
(the destination is an exact copy of the source).
 For restore  RestoreCmdLineArgs={all arguments needed to restore images}
Example: RestoreCmdLineArgs=Sync "$Source" "$Target" Update "” true true true
true
Which means a synchronization between source and destination directories in
update mode (more recent files are copied).

(12) Test the created scheduled task by verifying backup directory content and check
if it contains a new backup zip file with date and time specified in name.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 110 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2.6 Modification of scheduled Backups

To change SmartBackup task settings, follow the steps below:


(1) In Windows, click:
Start / All programs / Accessories / System Tools / Scheduled
Tasks

(2) Double click <SmartBackup>.

Figure 128

(3) Click <Schedule> and change


date/time settings/task
execution frequency.

Figure 129

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 111 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(4) By clicking <Advanced>, a dialog box is displayed and user can set start time/end
time for the scheduled task. He can also repeat task execution every period of time
he specifies. It is also possible to set a timeout after which task execution is
aborted.

(5) Click <OK> to validate new settings.

Figure 130

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 112 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2.7 Cancel scheduled Backups

To delete a SmartBackup scheduled task that is not needed anymore, follow the
steps below:
In Windows, click:
Start / All programs / Accessories / System Tools / Scheduled Tasks
(1) Right click <SmartBackup> and
select <Delete>.
(2) Click <Yes> to confirm.

Figure 131

5.2.8 Manual Launch of Backups

To manually backup an existing backup file, follow the steps below:


Log in Windows as <administrator> account.

(1) Open <Smartbackup> tool.


(2) Click <Create Backup>.

Figure 132
 

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 113 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.2.9 Restore of existing Backups

NOTE:
 User must be logged in Windows as an Administrator.
 When restoring, ensure that SE Standalone and Syslog Service (RFC 3195)
services are down.
 Before restore, all clients and SE applications, especially those using MS SQL
Server databases, must not run.
 In case of restore (configuration data and database), the computer will be
unavailable during this operation. After this, a restart is mandatory to get the
computer work properly and well configured. Restarting the computer will enforce
all installed applications and services to load new configuration settings and get
connected to new restored data in the database.
To restore an existing backup file, follow the steps below:
(1) Log in Windows as <administrator> account.
(2) Check that SE Standalone and
Syslog Service (RFC 3195)
services are down.
(3) Open <Smartbackup> tool.
(4) Click <Restore Backup>.

Figure 133

(5) Select the <Backup zip> to be


restored.
(6) Choose items to be restored:
Restore Database and/or
Restore Images.
Note, that configuration files are
automatically restored.
(7) Click <OK>.

Figure 134

(8) Restart the system, when the computer is available again.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 114 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3 SE User Management Tool

5.3.1 Basics

The SE User Management Tool is a tool for creating, editing and managing
user accounts of the SE applications.
These user accounts and groups are created only for logging into SE applications and
do not have any relationship to Microsoft Windows user accounts.

(1) Double-click
SE User Administration Tool
on the Desktop to start the
application.

Figure 135

NOTE:
The SE User Management tool allows managing of profiles and users:
 Profiles are presets for groups of users. They include the access to functionalities
and tools of SE.
 Users define the login name and are assigned to a profile.

Component of 'SE Server' Part of the component Reference


SE User Management Tool Main Toolbars 5.3.2
Profile Management 5.3.3
User Management 5.3.4
Configuration of SE User 5.3.5
Management Tool

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 115 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.2 Main Toolbars

The following main toolbars are available in SE Server:

Icon Function
View toolbar
User View.

User Group lists.

Profile View.

User toolbar
Add a user.

Edit user’s properties.

Delete a user.

Profile toolbar
Add a profile.

Edit a profile.

Delete a profile.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 116 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.3 Profiles Management

5.3.3.1 Base Profiles

Figure 136

(1) Click <View Profiles> to see the available profiles.

Each SE user account is based on a profile. There are 3 base profiles as standard
preset. These are:
 Administrator
 Classic user
 Guest
These profiles can’t be removed nor modified. If none of these profiles suits the need of
the customer, it is possible to derive a new profile from one of the three existing
(default) profiles. Refer to section 3.3.3.2 Add or edit custom Profile.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 117 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.3.2 Add or edit custom Profile

The custom profiles are listed under Custom Profiles.


If no custom profile was created, the list will be empty.
How to create a custom profile:

(1) Click <Add a profile> .


The New Profile window
(see Figure 137) pops up.
(2) Enter the name of the new custom
profile.
(3) Choose the Base profile to start
from.
Figure 137

(4) Check or uncheck the features


requested for the custom profile.
Changes will be saved automatically.
NOTE:
While no clients are
connected to the server, the
'Profile' button will be
disabled (because it is the
client which defines user
rights and available
options).
As soon as a client is
connected to the server, the
Profile button will be
enabled.
Figure 138

WARNING:
User may not be able to diagnose a kind of series/images or perform relevant
and specific actions.
Keep in mind, that disabling options in a custom profile will lock or unlock functionalities
and tools access.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 118 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.4 Users Management

5.3.4.1 Add User

(1) Click <Add User> .


The Add User window opens (see
Figure 139).
(2) Fill in the user’s Last name.
(3) Fill in the user’s First name.

NOTE:
A default login based on the first
letter of the first name followed by
the last name will be proposed by
default. It is possible to set any
login according to customer Figure 139
security policy.

(4) Enter favored User-Login or use


proposal Login.

(5) Choose a Profile for the new user.


It can be one of the default profiles or a customized profile.

(6) Click <Advanced> tab


(see Figure 140).

(7) Fill in the fields.


The fields are comments only, but
it is recommended to fill them all in
order to ease administration work.

Figure 140

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 119 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(8) Click <Informations> tab


and check if user is enabled.
(see Figure 141). Following
information about the user will be
additionally available:
 Last connection:
The last time, the user was
connected to SE.
 Creation date:
The date, this user was add
to SE User Management.
 Last password change:
The last time, the user
Figure 141
changed his password.
 Enable user:
Possibility to enable or disable
the user. Disabled means that
the user will be inactive and
can’t connect to SE.
 User connected:
Shows, if user is connected at
the moment (in real-time).
NOTE:
When the user is connected, the users name will also be bold in the user list
(see Figure 142).

(9) Click <OK> to create the new user.

Figure 142

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 120 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.4.2 Edit a User

NOTE:
With the edit function it is possible to change any information of a user.

(1) Click <User View> to see a list of available users.


(2) Click on requested user.

(3) Click <Edit User> .


The Edit user window will open.

Figure 143

(4) Click on requested tab or requested field and edit the information.
(5) Click <Ok> to exit Edit user window and save the settings.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 121 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.4.3 Password Management

NOTE:
 The default password of any account created is blank (no password is set).
The user will be asked to set his own password when connecting first time to SE.
 If a user forgot his password, it is possible to reset the password. This will set the
user password to blank. At the next SE Client login, the user will be prompted to
change his password. For resetting the password follow the description below.

(1) Click on requested user.

(2) Click <Edit User> .


The Edit user window will open.

Figure 144

(3) Click <Reset password>.

NOTE:
It is possible to reset a password by clicking on the “Reset Password” button.
This will set the user password to blank. At the next SE Client login, the user will be
prompted to change his password.

(4) Click <Ok> to exit Edit user window.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 122 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.5 Configuration of SE User Management Tool

5.3.5.1 SE User Management Tool Settings

IMPORTANT:
Keep the default settings created by the InstallShield.

(1) Click <Setup> - <Preferences> in the menu bar of


SE User management tool. As result the Application settings window appears.

Figure 145

Path to user (2) Define a path where the user profiles will be stored. This path must be a local
profiles path. Default: settings folder specified during installation, completed with:
Settings\Profile
Database (3) In Database section, enter the full database connection string (Default settings
created during installation).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 123 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.3.5.2 SE User Management Tool Language Setup

(1) Click <Setup> – <Preferences> – <Languages>.


(2) Choose the language of SE User Management Tool.

NOTE:
The SE user management tool is available in French, English, Dutch and German.

(3) Click <OK> to save settings.

Figure 146

5.3.5.3 SE User Management Password Policy

(1) Click <Setup> – <Preferences> – <Password Policy>.


(2) Choose the "Number of tries before access is blocked". Default = 0
(no blocking)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 124 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(3) Select checkbox "Authorize an


empty password" to allow an
empty password (not recommended).
(4) Enter "Minimum number of
characters for password
creation". Default = 0
(5) Enter value (in days) for parameter
"Password must be change
after (in days, 0=No
limit)". Default = 0
(6) Select checkbox "New password
must be different from the
previous" if required.

5.3.5.4 SE User Management Tool Maintenance Setup

Figure 147

(1) Click on <Setup> – <Preferences> – <Maintenance>.


Use Syslog (2) Enable or disable <Use Syslog> (Default: enabled).
Syslog (3) Enter <Syslog server IP address> (Default: 127.0.0.1, the local computer).
Server IP

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 125 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Syslog API (4) Enable or disable <Kiwi Syslog> (Default: disabled).


Selection By default, log is configured to use SE Syslog server application.
(5) Enter <Syslog server port number> (Default: 514 and grayed out).
Remark: This option is used to report log message in KIWI Syslog server and not
in SE Syslog server.
(6) Enable or disable <ATNA logs> (Default: enabled and grayed out).

NOTE:
The Audit Trail and Node Authentication (ATNA) IHE profile establishes security
measures which provide patient information confidentiality, data integrity and user
accountability.

5.4 XML Configuration Files

WARNING:
Wrong XML file editing can corrupt the application and endanger patient safety.
 SE software XML files can only be modified by authorized and trained service
personnel.
 Any SE software XML file must be modified according to the service/support
instructions provided by Agfa Healthcare.

WARNING:
Misinterpretation jeopardizes patient safety.
Refer to DICOM Standard to know the DICOM tag units.
For each DICOM tag having a digital value, TAG description and Unit (if existing) must
be inserted before the value itself to avoid units’ misinterpretation (e.g. Entrance Dose:
150 mGY).

NOTE:
This section does not describe the XML language format but rather what are the
structures to be found in XML files.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 126 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.4.1 Overview of XML Files on SE Suite 2.0

Legend:
XML file name in red: Do not edit.

XML file name Descrip- Provided / Created by Available File path DLL/EXE
tion

Abbreviation.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk

AccessRestrictions.xm N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDicomDB
l from disk

AutoQRRules.xml See 11 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW


disk Client\Settings\Config TsiDB

AutoRouterRules.xml See 12 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiDB


disk Client\Settings\Config

BodyParts.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk

BreedDescription.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk

BreedRegistration.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk
CC.xml See 14 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA HPWizard.e
Comp CC.xml disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin\HP xe
Comp LCC.xml Wizard\templates\xml
Comp Left.xml
Comp LMLO.xml
Comp MLO.xml
Comp Overview.xml
Comp RCC.xml
Comp Right.xml
Comp RMLO.xml
Left.xml
MLO.xml
Overview.xml
Right.xml
ColumnDefine.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config

ColumnDisplay.xml See 1 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW


disk Client\Settings\Profile\user#

Context8.xml See 15 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context8.dll


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin

ContextMap14.xml See 16 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context14.d


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin ll

ContextMap8.xml See 15 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context8.dll


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin

custom.xml See 2 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE sTsiSecurity


disk Client\Settings\Profile

DataDictionary.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk
DcmCharacterSet2Co N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
dePage.xml from disk

DcmToSQL.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiExchang
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config e

Description.xml See 3 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiRes


disk Client\Settings\Profile sTsiSecurity

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 127 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

XML file name Descrip- Provided / Created by Available File path DLL/EXE
tion

ExchangeFileIn.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDicomEn
from disk gine

ExchangeFileOut.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDicomEn
from disk gine

HP_Preferences.xml see 13 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW


disk Client\Settings\Profile\user# TsiHpPref

ImageInfo.fr.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiRes
from disk

Imageinfo.us.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiRes
from disk

ImageInfo.xml See 4 Provided by installer Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiRes


disk Client\Settings\Config

ImagePreferences.xml See 5 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW


disk Client\Settings\Profile\user#

Layout.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiRes
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config

MammoStudies.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk

Mapping.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk SigmaW
from disk

MedDes.xml See 15 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context8.dll


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin

Modalities.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
from disk

ModalityPrefs.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiPrefs
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Profile\user#

PatientFilters.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiFilt
from disk

PreferenceDefine.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiRes
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config

profile.xml See 6 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE sTsiSecurity


disk Client\Settings\Profile\user#

Response8.xml See 15 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context8.dll


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin

ResponseMap14.xml See 16 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context14.d


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin ll

ResponseMap8.xml See 15 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA Context8.dll


disk Healthcare\SE Client\bin

scp.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDicomAs
from disk so

scp_client.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiDicomAs
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config so

scp_server.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDicomAs
from disk so

SeriesMerge.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiDBTsiDic
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config omDB

Settings.xml See 10 Provided by installer Available on C:\Program Files\AGFA SEConfig.e


disk Healthcare\SE Client\TSIConfig xe
C:\Program Files\AGFA
Healthcare\SE Server\TSIConfig
C:\Program Files\AGFA
Healthcare\SE
Server\WebServer\TSIConfig

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 128 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

XML file name Descrip- Provided / Created by Available File path DLL/EXE
tion

settings_application_p N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk SigmaW
ref.xml from disk

settings_default_pref.x N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk SigmaW
ml from disk

settings_user_pref.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk SigmaW
from disk

Sigmaw.exe.manifest N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk SigmaW
from disk

SimpleStudyStatus.xm N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiWorklist
l during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config

SpeciesDescription.x N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDcmDD
ml from disk

srcode.xml See 7 Provided by installer Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiDicom


disk Client\Settings\Config

srform.xml See 8 Provided by installer Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW


disk Client\Settings\Config

study.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiDB
from disk

StudyFilters.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiFilt
from disk

Telecollecte.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted C:\Program Files\AGFA SigmaW
during remote support by R&D Healthcare\SE Client\bin

Telecollecte.xml N.A. Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted C:\Program Files\AGFA SigmaW
during remote support by R&D Healthcare\SE Client\bin

TeleFolderFilters.xml N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiFilt
from disk

TeleFolderFilters.xml N.A. N.A. Not available Not available from disk TsiFilt
from disk

TeleradiologyEmailTe N.A N.A Not available Not available from disk TsiTeleWFL
mplate.xml from disk

TeleradiologyEmailTe N.A. N.A. Not available Not available from disk TsiTeleWFL
mplate.xml from disk

TreeDefine.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiRes
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config

WLDefine.xml N.A Inserted by R&D if needed Only if inserted D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE TsiRes
during remote support by R&D Client\Settings\Config

WLDisplay.xml See 9 Created by application Available on D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE SigmaW


disk Client\Settings\Config

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 129 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

# Description

1 Generated when customizing 'Columns display' in database window per user account (e.g. columns to be displayed, column
width ...)

2 Generated when customizing 'User profiles' options in SE User Administration Tool

3 Generated by SE User Administration Tool. Defines application available features depending on License type.

4 This file defines the DICOM tags to be displayed over each opened image in SE Client/Standalone.

5 Specifies user preferences with regards to customized windowing filters for agiven modality type

6 Specifies profile type for a given user account

7 Specifies how SR information must be displayed in thumbnail view of database window when a SR is selected in tree view

8 This file defines 'clinical context' forms list available during teleradiology exchanges

9 Generated when customizing 'Columns display' of Worklist frame in database window per user account (e.g. columns to be
displayed, column width ...)

10 Defines the content of the SE Configuration tool (SE Server/Standalone and Web Server)

11 Generated when Auto Query Retrieve settings are modified/updated by user

12 Generated when Worklist Automatic Routes settings are modified/updated by user

13 Generated when HP preferences settings are modified/updated by user

14 Used by SE HP Wizard module as template for new HP

15 Used only for Teleradiology Peer-To-Peer exchanges for "Midi-Pyrénées"

16 Used only for Teleradiology Peer-To-Peer exchanges for "Bourgogne"

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 130 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.5 DICOM Tags displayed

The following tags can be displayed using imageinfo.xml.

TAG Name VR Comment


(0008,0008) Image Type CS none
(0008.1010) Station Name SH none
(0008,0020) Study Date DA none
(0008,0022) Acquisition Date DA none
(0008,0023) Content Date DA none
(0008,0030) Study Time TM none
(0008,0032) Acquisition Time TM none
(0008,0033) Content Time TM none
(0008,0050) Accession Number SH none
(0008,0060) Modality CS none
(0008,0068) Presentation Intent Type CS none
(0008,0070) Manufacturer LO none
(0008,0080) Institution Name LO none
(0008.0081) Institution Address ST none
(0008,0090) Referring Physician’s Name PN none
(0008,1030) Study Description LO none
(0008,103E) Series Description LO none
(0008,1040) Institutional Department Name LO none
(0008,1050) Performing Physician’s Name PN none
(0008,1060) Name of Physician(s) Reading Study PN none
(0008,1070) Operators’ Name PN none
(0008.1090) Manufacturer’s Model Name LO none
(0010,0010) Patient’s Name PN none
(0010,0020) Patient ID LO none
(0010,0030) Patient’s Birth Date DA none
(0010,0040) Patient’s Sex CS none
(0010,1000) Other Patient Ids LO none
(0010,1010) Patient’s Age AS none
(0010,2201) Species Description LO Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,2202) Species Description Code Sequence SQ Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,2203) Breed Description CS Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,2292) Breed Description Code Sequence LO Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,2293) Patient Sex Neutered CS Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,2297) Responsible Person Name PN Vet. DICOM Tag

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 131 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

TAG Name VR Comment


(0010,2298) Responsible Person Role CS Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,2299) Responsible Organization LO Vet. DICOM Tag
(0010,4000) Patient Comments LT none
(0018,0010) Contrast/Bolus Agent LO none
(0018,0015) Body Part Examined CS none
(0018,0022) Scan Options CS none
(0018,0024) Sequence Name SH none
(0018,0050) Slice Thickness DS none
(0018,0060) KVP DS none
(0018,0080) Repetition Time DS none
(0018,0081) Echo Time DS none
(0018,0082) Inversion Time DS none
(0018,0088) Slice spacing DS none
Device Serial Number
(0018.1000) Gantry ID LO none
(0018,1008) Software versions LO none
(0018,1020) Body Part Thickness LO none
(0018,11A0) Compression Force DS none
(0018,11A2) Slice spacing DS none
Device Serial Number
(0018,1120) Gantry/Detector Tilt DS none
(0018,1150) Exposure Time IS none
(0018,1152) Exposure IS none
(0018,115E) Image Area Dose Product DS none
(0018,1191) Anode Target Material CS none
(0018,1310) Acquisition Matrix US none
(0018,1402) Cassette Orientation CS none
(0018,1403) Cassette Size CS none
(0018,1405) Relative X-ray Exposure IS none
(0018,1500) Positioner Motion CS none
(0018,1510) Positioner Primary Angle DS none
(0018,1511) Positioner Secondary Angle DS none
(0018,5100) Patient Position CS none
(0018,5101) View Position CS none
(0018,700A) Detector ID SH none
(0018,700C) Date of last Detector Calibration DA none
(0018,7050) Filter Material CS none
(0020,0010) Study ID SH none
(0020,0011) Series Number IS none
(0020,0012) Acquisition Number IS none

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 132 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

TAG Name VR Comment


(0020,0013) Instance Number IS none
(0020,0020) Patient Orientation CS none
(0020,0060) Laterality CS none
(0020,0062) Image Laterality CS none
(0020,1040) Position Reference Indicator LO none
(0020,1041) Slice Location DS none
(0020,4000) Image Comments LT none
(0028,0008) Number of Frames IS none
(0028,0010) Rows (Height) US none
(0028,0011) Columns (width) US none
(0032,4000) Study Comments LT none
(0038,0300) Current Patient Location LO none
(0040,8302) Entrance Dose in mGY DS none
(0040,0316) Organ Dose DS none
(0054,0220) View Code Sequence SQ none

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 133 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.6 Installation and Configuration of Kiwi Syslog

This section explains how to install and configure a Syslog Daemon Server on a local
computer with Windows XP.

The software presented here as an example is Kiwi Syslog Daemon which is a


freeware and it can be found on this address:
http://www.kiwisyslog.com/syslog-info.php

5.6.1 Installation

Here are the main steps to install Kiwi Syslog Daemon:

(1) Download the last installation binary on the address done.

(2) Launch the installation process by clicking downloaded file.

(3) Click <I Agree> button to


continue.

Figure 148

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 134 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(4) In the Choose Operating Mode


screen, it is possible to choose
launching the syslog daemon as
a service or as an application,
choose the first alternative and
click <Next>.

Figure 149

(5) Keep defaults in Choose


Components screen and click
<Next>.

Figure 150

(6) Specify the Install Location and


click <Install>.

Figure 151

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 135 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(7) The screen shows that Kiwi


Syslog Daemon is being installed.

Figure 152

(8) Check <Run Kiwi Syslog Daemon>


to run the syslog server.
(9) Click <Finish> button.

Figure 153

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 136 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
The screen below shows that the Kiwi Syslog Daemon server is installed as a service.
Now, this service has to be installed correctly by using Manage/Install the Syslogd
service menu. See message on the bottom of the window below.

Figure 154

(10) Click <Manage>.


(11) Click <Install the Syslogd service>.

Figure 155

Result A Message box appears explaining that Kiwi Syslog Daemon has been installed
successfully.

Figure 156

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 137 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(12) Start the service using the Manage/Start the Syslogd service menu.
The status of the Syslogd service is on the bottom of the window that is running
(refer to figure 79). To stop it use Manage/Stop the Syslogd service menu.

Figure 157: Manage/Start the Syslogd service

Figure 158: Syslogd service running

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 138 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.6.2 Configuration

Click on File/Setup menu as described below to configure Kiwi Syslog Daemon.

Figure 159

(1) Go to Modifiers section on the left.


(2) Check Parse RFC 3164 headers and use embedded time and date option in the
modifiers section.

Figure 160

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 139 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(3) Go to the Inputs/UDP section.


(4) Specify the UDP Port field. Default value is 514. Make sure this port is not taken
by another process on the computer where Kiwi Syslog Daemon server was
installed.

Figure 161

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 140 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.6.3 Testing

Send a syslog test message to the Kiwi Syslog Daemon server for testing as
shown below.

Figure 162

Figure 163

Result If the test message appears (refer to Figure 163), then installation is ok.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 141 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.7 Configuring SE Syslog

NOTE:
The SE Sylog tool offers the possibility to display logged messages from SE
applications. A shortcut to the SE Sylog GUI is available on the desktop.

Start SE Syslog GUI.

Figure 164

(1) Select the Options/Settings… menu.


Following items can be adjusted:
 The Communication port between Syslog_GUI and Syslog Service.
Default: 34034

Figure 165

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 142 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

 Syslog database “syslog_odbc” where syslog messages are stored.


Default: syslog_odbc

Figure 166

 The number of hours from which Syslog_GUI start displaying previous


messages already stored in syslog database. Default: 48 hours

Figure 167

 The listening port for syslog messages received via SELog interface.
Default port: 40001

Figure 168

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 143 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
Syslog_srv.exe is a tool to manage the syslog service. By default
syslog_srv.exe is located in path:
C:\Program files\AGFA HealthCare\Syslog\Syslog
SRV

Figure 169

NOTE:
It is possible to clean certain messages by executing a script:
 To clean ATNA messages from syslog database execute the following script in
SQL Server Management Studio 2005:
-- this code is to delete all ATNA logs from Syslog_DB

Use Syslog_DB;

GO

Delete From Syslog_Messages Where Severity = 5;

-- ATNA logs Severity = 5

 To clean Debug messages from syslog database execute the following script in
SQL Server Management Studio 2005:
-- this code is to delete all Debug logs from Syslog_DB

Use Syslog_DB;

GO

Delete From Syslog_Messages Where Severity = 7;

-- Debug Severity = 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 144 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.8 HL7 and Dicom Modality Worklist Service Configuration

5.8.1 Basic Functionality

Healthcare Level 7 service (HL7 service; level 7 refers to OSI model) of the SE
provides an interface for receiving data/messages from a Practice Management
System (PMS) or Electronic Medical Record system (EMR). The only accepted
messages are of the type ADT (Patient Admit, Discharge, Transfer), limited to A01
(Admit/Visit Notification ), A08 (Update patient information) and A40 (Merge patient –
patient identifier list). The usage of the messages is as follows:
 A01 – these messages contain demographic data of new admitted patients. In
SE these data are being mapped into appropriate dicom attributes and passed to
the DMWKL service. The DMWKL service makes this data available for the
modalities in form of a DICOM worklist
 A08 – these messages contain update data for a certain patient. These data are
going to be used for patient data reconciliation in the main database of the SE
 A40 – these messages contain data of two patients that need to be merged into
one. These data are going to be used for patient data reconciliation in the main
database of the SE

NOTE:
Key value for reconciliation is the Patient ID.

For Workflow diagram refer to next page.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 145 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

COMPUTER
SE Server DB /
SE Standalone DB
DICOM INSTANCES

SE Server / SE Standalone application


DICOM Modality
(Scanner)

DI
CO
M
St UPDATE TIMER
or
e
DICOM Modality
HL7

(CR System)

Modality Worklist
Cache DB
HL7 Cache DB
Patient Update A08
Patient Merge A40

Patient Visit A01


DB Update

DB Update

So
Por cket
RIS (HL7) t 25
75
Mailbox Socket
Port 205
Windows
Service

Socket Secretary
HL7 Gateway Dicom Worklist Provider Port 3320
SE Worklist Client
Socket port 3320

DICOM Modality DICOM Modality


(CR System) (Scanner)

Figure 170

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 146 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Examples of A01, A08 and A40 messages

NOTE:
Patient data like names and addresses were anonymized with black fields to keep data
private.

A01:
MSH|^~\&|^^EMER|Waterloo|||||ADT^A01|38141020|D|2.2|||||||
EVN||200007010800||||200007010800
PID|||PGDBB134||GAYDEN^ADITA^LEIMOMI^||20000105|M|||359 PINYON
TRAIL||5752247360|2356224044|||||238535140 PV1||E|POC^Room 1^^Facility
1||||99999^NEIGHBOUR^CONAN^BEVEN^|99999^MIGHILL^MARENDA^SABERA^|||||
||||99999^VANOOYEN^CHANTELL^PATRIA^||PHDBB134|||||||||||||||||||||||||20131113112
737

A08:
MSH|^~\&|MESA_ADT|XYZ_ADMITTING|MESA_OP|XYZ_HOSPITAL|||ADT^A08|105
120|P|2.3.1| EVN||200008161900||||200008161900|
PID|||232^^ADT1||ABRAHAMSON^STEPHANIE^||19800204|F||AP|PARIS|||||||105-001|
PV1||E||||||5101^NELL^FREDERICK^P^^DR|||||||||||V105-
1^^^ADT1|||||||||||||||||||||||||200008161300|||||||V|

A40 message 1:
MSH|^~\&|QDOC|HL7V1.0|AGFA|AGFA|20040209110341||ADT^A40|00000122|P|2.3.
1|||||8859/1 EVN|A40|20040209110341||||20040209110341
PID|||232||BRACKE^CHANTAL||19361223|F MRG|231^^^AGFA||||||ACKE^CHANTAL

A40 message 2:
MSH|^~\&|QDOC|HL7V1.0|AGFA|AGFA|20040209110341||ADT^A40|00000122|P|2.3.
1|||||8859/1 EVN|A40|20040209110341||||20040209110341
PID|||242||LEPONGE^MARCEL||19790204|O MRG|232^^^AGFA||||||ACKE^CHANTAL

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 147 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.8.2 Configuration

See section 4.6

5.8.3 Example of DMWKL Query with an NX Workstation

NOTE:
The screenshots on the next pages show examples, how the configuration (done
before in section 4.6) affects on SE and the modalities.
With the HL7 Inspector Tool it is possible, to check if the settings made before were
correct and if the data reaches the modality. For more information about HL7 Inspector
Tool refer to 5.8.4.

Have a look at the examples in Figure 171 to Figure 175 to understand functionality of
HL7 and the DICOM Modality Worklist.

Figure 171: A01 (Admit/Visit Notification) example, sent to SE by means of the HL7 Inspector tool.

NOTE:
Patient data like names and addresses were anonymized with a black fields to keep
data private.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 148 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
The content of the screenshots depends on used modalities.

Figure 172: NX Configuration Tool test query example with the configuration done in the steps before.

Figure 173

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 149 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 174

Final result on the NX GUI after the RIS Query:

Figure 175

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 150 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.8.4 Verification of HL7 and DMWKL Configuration with HL7 Inspector Tool

NOTE:
The HL7 Inspector is a software tool by means of which the HL7 messages can be
received and analyzed. It is also possible to send messages (e.g. for testing) to the SE
HL7 Gateway service.

Download the HL7 Inspector tool (approx 3,5 MB) from the web:
http://sourceforge.net/projects/hl7inspector (example)
Install HL7 Inspector Tool.
Start HL7 Inspector Tool with <hl7inspector.exe>.
Click on <tools / send messages>.
<Send message window> appears.

Click on <Send options> .


Enter Hostname and Port of destination for sending message to the HL7 Gateway.
Default port is 2575.
Confirm with <OK> to close the window and save the settings.

Figure 176

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 151 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
Patient data like names and addresses were anonymized with black fields to keep data
private.

Examples

Figure 177: Protocol of the message sent to SE HL7 Gateway

Figure 178: Configuration of HL7 inspector for receiving messages from a RIS/PMS/EMR system

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 152 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
Patient data like names and addresses were anonymized with black fields to keep data
private.

Figure 179: Example of minuted results of a received message from AGFA Connectivity Manager 2.1

Figure 180: Example of minuted results of a received message from AGFA Connectivity Manager 2.1

Figure 181: Example of an A01 message validated by the HL7 Inspector tool

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 153 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.9 Creation of additional Database

It is possible to create and manage several databases (e.g. Teaching Base) with SE
Standalone application. Modifications that are performed on databases are reflected in
the ‘Base.par’ file stored in ‘Base’ directory:
Default: D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings

IMPORTANT:
Make sure that Base.par file is not in read only status.
Before creating a new database in SE Standalone, make sure to have a dedicated disk
location available to store DICOM instances (e.g. images) of the new database.
NOTE:
By default, the main database (named SE) is created during installation and must not
be modified.

(1) Open and login SQL Server Management Studio..

(2) Select <Databases> item in <Object explorer> section.

(3) Right click to open contextual menu


and click <New Database …>.

Figure 182

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 154 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(4) Enter new database name (e.g.


Teaching Base) and click <OK>.

Figure 183

(5) Fetch the SQL script (named Base SigmaCom v1.22) to be executed by
browsing SE Suite 1.3 DVD (//Setup/SQL/Agfa/Scripts/) and double click on it.
This script will open in SQL Server Management Studio.

Figure 184

(6) In the first line of the script, change <USE [IMPAX_SE]> by


<USE [Teaching Base]> where [Teaching Base] is the name of the
created database.

(7) Click on <Execute> and close <SQL Server Management Studio>.

(8) Open <Control Panel/Administration Tools/Data Sources


(ODBC)>.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 155 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(9) Select <System DSN> sheet and


click <Add>.

Figure 185

(10) Select <SQL Native Client> in


the proposed list and
click <Finish>.

Figure 186

(11) Enter the name of the data source


(e.g. Teaching base).
(12) Select <(local)> item in the
proposed list , add \IMPAX_SE
then click <Next>.

Figure 187

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 156 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(13) Select <With SQL Server


authentication …> radio button.
(14) Enter following login and
password.
Login: <sa>
Password: <for password see
menu: SE Central > SE User
Administration Tool >
Database >
(15) Click <Next>.

Figure 188

(16) Tick <change the default


database to> and select the
created database (Teaching Base)
then click <Next>.

Figure 189

(17) Click <Finish>.

Figure 190

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 157 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(18) In the summary window, click


<Test Data Source> and check
test result is successful.

Figure 191

(19) Open SE Standalone application


and login with Administrator
privileges.
(20) Select Databases item in Options
menu and click on <Add> button.

Figure 192

(21) Enter the Name of the new Database (e.g. Teaching Base).
(22) Click on <Images paths> and <Add> to specify the path to the folder where
images (or DICOM instances) will be stored and click <Ok>.
(23) Enter the following ODBC connection string: “DSN=Teaching
Base;UID=sa;PWD=<see below*>;MARS_CONNECTION=yes” where “Teaching
Base“ is the name of the new database and click <Ok>.
* for password see menu: SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Database

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 158 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 193

(24) Control whether the secondary


database was created successfully.

Figure 194

(25) Quit and Restart SE Standalone


Application.

Figure 195

5.10 Query Retrieve Setup

IMPORTANT:
The called AET on the Server must always be the same as the calling AET on the
workstation (e.g. WS1 in diagram below) and vice versa.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 159 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 196

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 160 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Figure 197

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 161 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.11 Text File Import Support for SE Worklist

Worklist identification files are simple ASCII files that can be put in the DMWKL mailbox
(default: D:\AGFAHealthcare\SE Client\Settings\DMWKLMailbox) in order to create
records of scheduled exams in the SE DMWKL service database.
Purpose of This option may be used by customers which can not send HL7 A01 messages to
Worklist populate the worklist.
entry via text
files:
Using this option in parallel with typing the data in into the SE Worklist Client helps to
automate patient entry/scheduling workflow as much as possible. Sometimes patient
data have to be enter/modify manually. It may be easier for a third party programmer to
write an interface that is creating such txt files than writing an HL7 / Dicom interface

IMPORTANT:
One identification file must correspond to one scheduled exam.
For example, if a patient comes to have a CT and a CR exam, there must be two
identification files, one for each scheduled exam.

5.11.1 File Naming Convention

An identification file name must be unique and must be with the syntax IDEXXX.TXT.
Recommend file name:
IDEYYYYMMDDHHMMSSXXXX.TXT (e.g. IDE20100214140510001.TXT)

IMPORTANT:
The file name itself is not important, but it is crucial that the counter
"YYYYMMDDHHMMSSXXXX" is different for different files.

Once a file has been incorporated in the worklist database, it is deleted from the
mailbox if the scheduled exam has been correctly saved.
If it is not correctly saved it is put in the "mailbox/problem" folder.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 162 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.11.2 File format

Identification files to interface SE Worklist are ASCII text files.


These files must be encoded in ASCII 8 bits. In addition, coding convention for end of
lines (new line) is the one used in Windows operating system: Two hexadecimal codes
0x0D and 0x0A successively. See table next page.
Some other operating systems use different characters for coding end of lines in text
files (see table next page). Only Microsoft Windows convention is supported by SE
Worklist, so be sure the identification files are created with the right codes for end of
line (especially if it is not running on a Windows operating system).

NOTE:
Other coding than pure ASCII 8 bits, is not supported by SE Worklist.

For example, UTF8 is not supported, because it adds three codes 0xEF, 0xBB and
0xBF at the beginning of files and SE Worklist can’t read them). Unicode is not
supported either.

Inside identification files, data is organized in the style of a Microsoft Windows


parameter file (“ini” file), with sections (between brackets) and keys:

 Only two sections can take place in a file: [Message], [DicomData] and
[Mask].
 The order of the sections and the order of the keys in the files is not important.
 The key name (left of the “=” sign, inside each section) is not case sensitive.
 Comments lines can be put in an identification file. All comment lines must start
with the “;” character.

The [DicomData] section is to give scheduled exams information, using the form of
tags registered in the DICOM standard. Each information tag is composed of two
numbers, the group and the field. These numbers are always four digits, in
hexadecimal format.
Other coding than pure ASCII 8 bits, is not supported by SE Worklist.
A minimum knowledge of DICOM standard is necessary to write identification files to
interface SE Worklist (please refer to DICOM standard, part 6 - data dictionary).

All keys in the [DicomData] section must have the following format:

(DICOM_group,DICOM_field)=value

The parenthesis and the coma are mandatory, and there shouldn’t be any space
between the parentheses.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 163 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Example: To give the patient name and the type of modality for scheduled exam, write
the following key in the [DicomData] section:
(0008,0060)=CT
(0010,0010)=MOULENE^Fabrice

Unicode text strings must be translated in non Unicode string according on DICOM
Standard. A dedicated DICOM tag will allow performing the inverse translation at
message integration:
That means that in DICOM images, some tags must not be Unicode according to
DICOM norma (like patient name) and the decoding must be done by the application by
using the given character set.
Example: name ‘Äéïí^õóéïò’ in the text file decoding with character set ISO_IR_126 will
be displayed ‘∆ιον^υσιος’ on the wordlist client.

(0008,0005)=ISO_IR 100 (default value)

5.11.3 Supported information in Identification Files

The following table lists all information supported by SE Worklist in identification files.

Please note the following about DICOM tag keys:

 For every scheduled exam record in SE Worklist, only the 50 listed keys are
stored in SE Worklist database and can be communicated to a modality. Other
tags are ignored.
 Keys representing person names (patients and physicians) must group last and
first names together, separated by character “^”.
 For more information on how to code person names, please see DICOM
Standard part 5 (Data Structures and Encoding).
 Tags having a value multiplicity greater than 1 in the DICOM Standard (several
possible values for one tag), can be written with several values in the
identification files, respecting the DICOM multiplicity value format (values
separated by the “\” character).
 Tags written in red bold are mandatory tags that must be provided to allow SE
Worklist to create a new scheduled exam record in its database.
 Nevertheless, even if SE Worklist identification file format is as open as possible,
it could happen, depending on the modality to connect, that some of the keys not
in bold, are required as well. This may need to be adjusted with the modality
vendor.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 164 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

 See with modality vendor, or in DICOM standard part 4 (Service Class


Specifications) - Appendix K (Basic Worklist Management), for details on the
mandatory / optional keys, depending of what the modality requests.

Key Description Max char Possible values Example


Section [Message]
Type - 6 String: Add
“Add”: to add (or update, if already existing)
an scheduled exam record in SE Worklist
database
“Cancel”: to delete a scheduled exam record
from SE Worklist database
Section [DicomData]
(0008,0005) Specific Character 16 String: ISO_IR 100
Set Character Set where text values have to be
translated in.
It can be:
ISO_IR 100 (Latin 1)
ISO_IR 101 (Latin 2)
ISO_IR 144 (Cyrillic)
ISO_IR 126 (Modern Greek)
ISO_IR 148 (Latin 5)
ISO_IR 110 (latin 4)
ISO_IR 138 Hebrew

Default value is ISO_IR 100.


IMPORTANT:
Mandatory if the character set is different than
ISO_IR 100.
(0008,0050) Accession Number 16 String: 82345
A RIS generated number which identifies the
order for the Study

Is empty, value is automatically generated.


(0008,0060) Modality 16 String: CR
Type of equipment that acquired the data
used to create the images in this Study
Component. See C.7.3.1.1.1 of DICOM
Standard for Defined Terms
IMPORTANT:
Mandatory for ‚Add’ case.
(0008,0090) Referring 64 String, with “^” separators: SMITH^John
Physician’s Name Patient's primary referring physician for this
visit
(0008,0100) Code Value 16 String: -
Normalized requested procedure code value.
"This is a part of the sequence 0032,1064"
(Requested Procedure Step). If this tag is
present, tag (0008,0102) must also be
present, but tags (0008,0103) and
(0008,0104) are optional.
The group of tags (0008,0100), (0008,0102),
(0008,0103) and (0008,0104) must be used
only if tag (0032,1060) “Requested Procedure
Description” is not used instead.
See with modality vendor for exact requested
value for this tag.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 165 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Key Description Max char Possible values Example


(0008,0102) Coding Scheme 16 String: -
Designator Normalized requested procedure coding
scheme designator. If this tag is present, tag
(0008,0100) must also be present, but tags
(0008,0103) and (0008,0104) are optional.
The group of tags (0008,0100), (0008,0102),
(0008,0103) and (0008,0104) must be used
only if tag (0032,1060) “Requested Procedure
Description” is not used instead.
See with modality vendor for exact requested
value for this tag.
(0008,0103) Coding Scheme 16 String: -
Version Normalized requested procedure coding
scheme version. This tag is optional, and
must only be present if tag (0008,0100) is
present.
The group of tags (0008,0100), (0008,0102),
(0008,0103) and (0008,0104) must be used
only if tag (0032,1060) “Requested Procedure
Description” is not used instead.
See with modality vendor for exact requested
value for this tag.
(0008,0104) Code Meaning 64 String: -
Normalized requested procedure coding
meaning. This tag is optional, and must only
be present if tag (0008,0100) is present.
The group of tags (0008,0100), (0008,0102),
(0008,0103) and (0008,0104) must be used
only if tag (0032,1060) “Requested Procedure
Description” is not used instead.
See with modality vendor for exact requested
value for this tag.
(0010,0010) Patient’s Name 64 String, with “^” separators: MOULENE^Fabrice
Patient's full legal name
(0010,0020) Patient ID 64 String: 123-456
Primary hospital identification number or code
for the patient
(0010,0030) Patient's Birth Date 8 Date in YYYYMMDD format 19671112
Date of birth of the named patient
(0010,0032) Patient’s Birth Time 16 Time in HHMMSS format 095623
Time of birth of the named patient
(0010,0040) Patient's Sex 16 Character M
M = male
F = female
O = other
(0010,1000) Other Patient IDs 64 String: 789\78KL
Other identification numbers or codes used to
identify the patient
(0010,1001) Other Patient 64 String, with “^” separators MAC^Fab\CRAZY^
Names Other names used to identify the patient Fab
(0010,1010) Patient's Age 4 String: 035Y
Age of the Patient
(0010,1020) Patient's Size 16 String: 1.73
Patient's height or length in meters
(0010,1030) Patient's Weight 16 String: 63
Weight of the patient in kilograms

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 166 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Key Description Max char Possible values Example


(0010,2000) Medical Alerts 64 String: CONTAGIOUS
Conditions to which medical staff should be
alerted - e.g. contagious condition, drug
allergies, etc.
(0010,2110) Contrast Allergies 64 String: -
Description of prior reaction to contrast
agents
(0010,2160) Ethnic Group 16 String: -
Ethnic group or race of patient
(0010,2180) Occupation 16 String: LAZY
Occupation of the Patient
(0010,21B0) Additional Patient 10240 String: HAS BROKEN HIS
History Additional information about medical patient ARM BADLY
history. TWICE
(0010,21C0) Pregnancy Status 2 Integer 1
Describes pregnancy state of patient.
Enumerated Values:
1 = not pregnant
2 = possibly pregnant
3 = definitely pregnant
4 = unknown
(0010,2201) Species of the - One of the values contained in CP-643 -
patient context ID 7454 Species table of DICOM
Norma or free String.
(0010,2292) Breed of the patient - One of the values contained in CP-643 -
context ID 7481 Breed Registry table of
DICOM Norma or free String.
(0010,2293) Whether or not a - ALTERED -
procedure has UNALTERED
been
UNKNOWN
performed in an
effort to render the
patient
sterile
(0010,2296) Identification of the - One of the values contained in CP-643 America Kennel
organization with context ID 7480 Breed table of DICOM Club
which an animal is Norma.
registered
(0010,2297) Name of person - String: person name DOE^JOHN
with medical
decision making
authority for the
patient
(0010,2298) Relationship of - OWNER -
Responsible To be used only if person name has been
Person to the filled
patient.
(0010,2299) Name of - String: Name of the organization Bovine Club
organization with
medical decision
making authority for
the patient
(0020,000D) Study Instance UID 64 DICOM UID (numbers separated by “.”) 1.234.56.789.4646
Unique identifier for the Study. If empty, SE 8
Worklist creates one.
(0032,1032) Requesting 64 String, with “^” separators TAN^Cheng
Physician Physician who requested the study

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 167 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Key Description Max char Possible values Example


(0032,1033) Requesting Service 64 String: RADIOLOGY
Institutional department where the request
initiated
(0032,1060) Requested 64 String: AS USUAL
Procedure Institution-generated description or
Description classification of requested procedure.
This tag must be used only if the group of
tags (0008,0100), (0008,0102), (0008,0103)
and (0008,0104) is not used instead.
(0032,1070) Requested 64 String: -
Contrast Agent Contrast agent requested for use in the
procedure
(0038,0008) Visit Status ID 16 String: ADMITTED
Identifies the state of the visit. Defined Terms:
CREATED = Created but not yet scheduled
SCHEDULED = Scheduled but not yet
admitted
ADMITTED = Patient admitted to institution
DISCHARGED = Patient Discharged
(0038,0010) Admission ID 64 String: 45JH56
Identification number of the visit as assigned
by the healthcare provider
(0038,0050) Special Needs 64 String: OXYGEN
Medical and social needs (e.g. wheelchair,
oxygen, non-English-speaking etc.)
(0038,0300) Current Patient 64 String: OFFICE
Location Describes the current known location of the
patient
(0038,0400) Patient's Institution 64 String: FLOOR 2
Residence Primary location where patient resides (ward,
floor, room, etc. or outpatient)
(0038,0500) Patient State 64 String: DISORIENTED
Description of patient state (comatose,
disoriented, vision impaired etc.)
(0040,0001) Scheduled Station 16 String: APP_TITLE
AE Title The AE title of the modality on which the
Scheduled Procedure Step is scheduled to be
performed
(0040,0002) Scheduled 8 Date in YYYYMMDD format 20080419
Procedure Step Date on which the Scheduled Procedure Step
Start Date is scheduled to start
(0040,0003) Scheduled 16 Time in HHMMSS format 132804
Procedure Step Time at which the Scheduled Procedure Step
Start Time is scheduled to start
(0040,0006) Scheduled 64 String: JONES^Indiana
Performing Name of the physician scheduled to
Physician's Name administer the Scheduled Procedure Step
(0040,0007) Scheduled 64 String: 30000 rad. 100
Procedure Step Institution-generated description or treatement
Description classification of the Scheduled Procedure sessions, using
Step to be performed. 1000 kV radiation
Note: The purpose of this attribute is to store
a description or classification that is used at a
local level (e.g., a hospital or a managed care
network), and this description need not
comply to an accepted standard

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 168 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Key Description Max char Possible values Example


(0040,0009) Scheduled 16 String: SCAN
Procedure Step ID Identifier which identifies the scheduled
Procedure Step
(0040,0010) Scheduled Station 16 String: FM
Name An institution defined name for the modality
on which the Scheduled Procedure Step is
scheduled to be performed
(0040,0011) Scheduled 16 String: TSI
Procedure Step The location at which the Procedure Step is
Location scheduled to be performed
(0040,0012) Pre-Medication 64 String: Nuclear Medicine
Medication to be administered at the radiopharmaceuti-
beginning of the Scheduled Procedure Step, cal
e.g. Nuclear Medicine radiopharmaceutical
(0040,0020) Scheduled 16 String: ARRIVED
Procedure Step Defines the state of the Scheduled Procedure
Status Step. Defined Terms: SCHEDULED,
ARRIVED
(0040,1001) Requested 16 String: -
Procedure ID Identifier which identifies the Requested
Procedure in the Imaging Service Request
(0040,1003) Requested 16 String: ROUTINE
Procedure Priority Requested Procedure Type Urgency. Defined
Terms: STAT, HIGH, ROUTINE, MEDIUM,
LOW
(0040,1004) Patient Transport 64 String: MOTORBIKE
Arrangements Mode of transportation of the patient to the
location of examination
(0040,1005) Requested 64 String: ROOM 11
Procedure Location Physical location at which the Requested
Procedure is to be performed
(0040,3001) Confidentiality 64 String: -
Constraint on Special indication to the modality operator
Patient Data about confidentiality of patient information
Description (e.g., that he should not use the patients
name where other patients are present)
Section [Mask]
AccessionNum - 16 String: AGFA%d
berMask Mask to apply to the accession number
PatientIDMask - 64 String: PATIENT_ID%d
Mask to apply to the patient ID

5.11.4 Examples of Identification Files

The three following examples show different identification file contents, according to
different situations.

 Example 1 – Adding a scheduled Exam with the minimum required Information


 Example 2 – Cancellation of a scheduled Exam
 Example 3 – Adding a scheduled exam with all the possible Information

In the three examples, lines beginning with “;” are comment lines.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 169 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.11.4.1 Example 1 – Adding a scheduled Exam with the minimum required Information

This example file includes the minimum information required for SE Worklist to create
a scheduled exam record in its database.
This minimum information may not be enough for a modality to be updated, and some
more information may sometimes be required by the modality. It may be needed to
adjust this with the modality vendor.

[Message]
Type=Add

[DicomData]
; --- Specific Character Set
(0008,0005)=ISO_IR 100
; --- Accession number
(0008,0050)=65422
; --- Modality
(0008,0060)=CT
; --- Patient’s name
(0010,0010)=MOULENE^Fabrice
; --- Patient ID
(0010,0020)=TSI-PROD-01
; --- Scheduled station AE title
(0040,0001)=CT_SCAN
; --- Scheduled procedure step start date
(0040,0002)=20100422
; --- Scheduled procedure step start time
(0040,0003)=103000
; --- Scheduled procedure step description
(0040,0007)=30000 rad. 100 treatement sessions

NOTE:
If no scheduled exam exists with accession number 65422, it will be created in SE
Worklist database with the given information. The information of the created record will
be displayed in SE Worklist main list, and will become available for modalities.
If a scheduled exam already exists with accession number 65422, it will be updated
with the given information.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 170 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.11.4.2 Example 2 – Cancellation of a scheduled Exam

[Message]
Type=Cancel

[DicomData]
; --- Specific Character Set
(0008,0005)=ISO_IR 100
; --- Accession number
(0008,0050)= 65422

If a scheduled exam exists with accession number 65422, it will be deleted from SE
Worklist database.

5.11.4.3 Example 3 – Adding a scheduled exam with all the possible Information

This example file includes all the information that SE Worklist is able to record in its
database.

[Message]
Type=Add

[DicomData]
; --- Specific Character Set
(0008,0005)=ISO_IR 100
; --- Accession number
(0008,0050)=92850
; --- Modality
(0008,0060)=CR
; --- Referring Physician Name
(0008,0090)=SMITH^John
; --- Code Value
(0008,0100)=333300
; --- Coding Scheme Designator
(0008,0102)=LNdemo
; --- Code Meaning
(0008,0104)=Chest X-Ray
; --- Patient Name
(0010,0010)=MOULENE^Fabrice
; --- Patient ID
(0010,0020)=123-456

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 171 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

; --- Patient Birth Date


(0010,0030)=19671112
; --- Patient Birth Time
(0010,0032)=021200
; --- Patient Sex
(0010,0040)=M
; --- Other Patient IDs
(0010,1000)=789\78KL
; --- Other Patient Names
(0010,1001)=MAC^Fab\CRAZY^Fab
; --- Patient Age
(0010,1010)=035
; --- Patient Size
(0010,1020)=1.73
; --- Patient Weight
(0010,1030)=63
; --- Medical Alerts
(0010,2000)=CONTAGIOUS
; --- Contrast Allergies
(0010,2110)=NONE
; --- Ethnic Group
(0010,2160)=EUROPEAN
; --- Occupation
(0010,2180)=LAZY
; --- Additional patient History
(0010,21B0)=WAS HIRED BY TSI TO CONFORM TO FROG QUOTA
; --- Pregnancy Status
(0010,21C0)=01
; --- Study Instance UID
(0020,000D)=1.234.56.789.46468
; --- Requesting Physician
(0032,1032)=TAN^Cheng
; --- Requesting Service
(0032,1033)=RADIOLOGY
; --- Requested Procedure Description
(0032,1060)=AS USUAL
; --- Requested Contrast Agent
(0032,1070)=SPIRITUS
; --- Visit Status ID
(0038,0008)=ADMITED
; --- Admission ID

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 172 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(0038,0010)=45JH56
; --- Special Needs
(0038,0050)=OXYGEN
; --- Current Patient Location
(0038,0300)=OFFICE
; --- Patient Institition Residence
(0038,0400)=FLOOR 2
; --- Patient State
(0038,0500)=DISORIENTED
; --- Scheduled Station AE Title
(0040,0001)=SIGMACOM
; --- Scheduled Procedure Step Start Date
(0040,0002)=20080419
; --- Scheduled Procedure Step Start Time
(0040,0003)=103000
; --- Scheduled Performing Physician Name
(0040,0006)=JONES^Indiana
; --- Scheduled Procedure Step Description
(0040,0007)=30000 rad. 100 treatement sessions using radiation
; --- Scheduled Procedure Step ID
(0040,0009)=SCAN
; --- Scheduled Station Name
(0040,0010)=FM
; --- Scheduled Procedure Step Location
(0040,0011)=TSI
; --- Pre-Medication
(0040,0012)=ASS
; --- Scheduled Procedure Step Status
(0040,0020)=ARRIVED
; --- Requested Procedure ID
(0040,1001)=507
; --- Requested Procedure Priority
(0040,1003)=ROUTINE
; --- Patient Transport Arrangements
(0040,1004)=Helicopter
; --- Requested Procedure Location
(0040,1005)=ROOM 11
; --- Confidentialy Constraint
(0040,3001)=SCHHH

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 173 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.11.5 Testing created Identification Files in SE Worklist

To test the Text File Import functionality proceed as follows:


(1) Prepare two identification files.
(2) Start SE Client or SE Standalone (depending on what is available).
(3) Check that the SE Worklist mailbox is properly configured.
(4) Start the SE Worklist client.
(5) Copy the first identification file in the DMWKL mailbox: Almost instantly, the
corresponding scheduled exam should appear in the list of records in SE Worklist
main window.
(6) Copy the second identification file: An additional record should appear.

See the troubleshooting section 5.11.6 if the test fails.

5.11.6 Troubleshooting Identification Files Support

The following list of questions supports in troubleshooting:


 Is the mailbox configured properly?
 Is the file name correct?
The name of an identification file must be of format “IDExxxxx.TXT”, with xxxxx
being a number.
 Is the file content coded in ASCII 8 bits with Windows convention?
The file must be coded in ASCII 8 bits with Windows convention for end of lines. If
not, some invisible characters may exist in the file, preventing SE Worklist to read
data properly.
 Does the file contain the two mandatory sections?
An identification file must have at least two parameters sections, [Message] and
[DicomData].
 Does the [Message] section contain a valid message?
The [Message] section must contain a valid message name.
 Are some mandatory tags of the [DicomData] section missing?
In [DicomData] section, there are 8 mandatory tags to provide. Each of these tags
must not be empty and contain a valid value.
 Is there a type or syntax error in the file?
Each section name and key of an identification file, must respect a certain syntax
and data type.To check if a text file is valid for SE Worklist Client, put the text file in
DMWKLmailbox and check that the value has been correctly added in SE Worklist
Client. If the file is moved to ‘problem’ folder, it is not well-formed.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 174 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.12 Hanging Protocol Presentation Group Wizard

The HP (Hanging Protocol) Presentation Group Wizard offers the possibility to create a
HP Presentation Group in two different ways:
 Creating a new HP (see section 5.12.1).
 Creating a new HP: Starting with an existing template (see section 5.12.2).

5.12.1 Creating a new Hanging Protocol Presentation Group

(1) Create a shortcut on the desktop


for file <D:\Client\program files\My
Company Name\My Product
Name\bin\HP
Wizard\HPWizard.exe.
(2) Double-click the HPWizard
shortcut.
(3) Select "New HP".

Figure 198

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 175 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(4) Fill-in the required parameters for


the new HP.

Figure 199

(5) Set filters for each window.


See table next page.

Figure 200

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 176 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

Table describing the DICOM Values for the display filters:

Name Tag Values


Laterality (0020,0060) R = right
L = left
Image Laterality (0020,0062) R = right
L = left
B = both
U = unpaired
Series Description (0008,103e) String (up to 64 characters) entered by the user when
performing the examination.
View Code Sequence (0054,0220) Sequence that describes the projection of the anatomic
region of interest on the image receptor.
View Position (0018,5101) AP = Anterior/Posterior
PA = Posterior/Anterior
LL = Left Lateral
RL = Right Lateral
RLD = Right Lateral Decubitus
LLD = Left Lateral Decubitus
RLO = Right Lateral Oblique
LLO = Left Lateral Oblique

(6) Adjust filters for each window.


(7) If priors are activated, specify a
Modality and a period of time in
number of years.
(8) Select "Finish": An XML file
<template name.xml> with the
Hanging Protocol Presentation
Group is created in the HP Wizard
application folder.
(9) Put the new created Hanging
Protocol in the HP Mailbox
(D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE
Client\Settings\HPMailbox).
(10) Select "Finish".
(11) Test the new created HP.
See section 5.12.3.
Figure 201

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 177 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.12.2 Creating a Hanging Protocol Presentation Group by Modifying an existing one

(1) Create a shortcut on the desktop for


file <D:\Client\program files\My
Company Name\My Product
Name\bin\HP Wizard\
HPWizard.exe.
(2) Double-click the HPWizard
shortcut.
(3) Select "HP from an existing
template".

Figure 202

(4) Select the required template


(located in folder
<HPWizard_app_folder>\
templates\xml>).

Figure 203

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 178 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

NOTE:
The Hanging Protocols installed by default are:

Hanging Protocol Name Description


Overview 1 Study – 1*s Series - Overview
MLO 1 Study – 1*1 Series – MLO views
CC 1 Study – 1*1 Series – CC Views
Right 1 Study – 1*1 Series =-Right Breast
Left 1 Study – 1*1 Series – Left Breast
Comp Overview Compare – 2*2 Series – Overview 2
Comp MLO Compare – 1*2 Series – MLO Views
Comp CC Compare 1*2 Series – CC Views
Comp RMLO Compare - 1*1 Series - RMLO
Comp LMLO Compare – 1*1 Series - LMLO
Comp RCC Compare – 1*1 Series - RCC
Comp LCC Compare – 1*1 Series - LCC
Comp Right Compare – 2*1 Series – Right Breast
Comp Left Compare – 2*1 Series – Left Breast

(5) Fill-in a description for the


modified HP.

Figure 204

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 179 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

(6) Perform the required changes per


window.
(7) If priors are activated, specify a
Modality and a period of time in
number of years.
(8) Select "Finish": An XML file
<template name.xml> with the
Hanging Protocol Presentation
Group is created in the HP Wizard
application folder.
(9) Put the new created Hanging
Protocol in the HP Mailbox
(D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE
Client\Settings\HPMailbox).
(10) Test the new created HP.
See section 5.12.3.
Figure 205

5.12.3 Testing a new Hanging Protocol

(1) Send a Mammography study to the


SE Standalone.
Figure 206: Hanging Protocol toolbar
(2) Double-click the study icon.
(3) Select "HP Preferences".
(4) Add the label of the new Hanging
Protocol.
(5) Select the new Hanging Protocol in
the Hanging Protocol toolbar.
(6) With the "forward button" click
through the sequence.
(7) Check whether the sequence
corresponds to the customer needs.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 180 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Configuration

5.13 Restricting displayed Data within SE Web Client

Access.exe module allows restricting data (filter) within SE Web Client:


The application is available in the same folder as WebServer.
Default: C:\Program Files\AGFA HealthCare\SE Server\WebServer

If for example a CR modality is selected for a user, he can only see patients which
have CR series into the Web client browser list.

(1) Execute file <access.exe>.


(2) Double-click on a user name to
configure the user settings.

Figure 207

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 3 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 5 / Page 181 of 181


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE Chapter 6
Imaging Services Acceptance Test
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document provides the acceptance test of the components of the SE Suite.
It contains tests and checklists to confirm the functions of SE Suite for the customer.
The document should be used as a printed report.

Perform the Acceptance Test after installation or software update of a SE Standalone,


SE Server or SE Client.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.0:
1.1 09-2012  Added procedure to compare digitizer flatfield image with
limit pattern.
 Removed acceptance test steps for 'SE Worklist Client -
free Version' and for ‘multi-site configuration’.

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1
09-2012 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34452339
sw_06_acceptance-test_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 2 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4
2 SYSTEM INFORMATION.........................................................................................................4
2.1 Customer Information ...............................................................................................................4

2.2 Installer Information ..................................................................................................................5

3 SOFTWARE INVENTORY .......................................................................................................5


4 PRELIMINARY CHECKS .........................................................................................................6
4.1 Hardware Configuration Check.................................................................................................6

4.2 Software Configuration Check ..................................................................................................7

5 ACCEPTANCE TEST OF SE SUITE........................................................................................8


6 ACCEPTANCE TEST OF UPS...............................................................................................12
7 ACCEPTANCE TEST FINALIZATION....................................................................................13

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 3 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

1 Introduction

This document describes the operations and tests to verify that a system has been
installed and configured correctly
Use this document to report the results.

2 System Information

2.1 Customer Information

Site Name:
Street Address:
City, State, Zip:
Site Contact: Name:
Phone:
Email:
IT Contact: Name:
Phone:
Email:
Purchase
Order number*:
* If available

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 4 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

2.2 Installer Information

Installer: Name:
Role:
Company:
Phone:
Email:

3 Software Inventory

Record of installed software after installation:

Software Version Operating System Location


(DVD) (e.g.: room number)
SE Server
SE Standalone
SE Client
SE Client
SE Client
SE Client
SE Client
SE Worklist
Client
SE Worklist
Client
SE Worklist
Client
SE Web Client
SE Web Client
SE Web Client
SE Web Client

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 5 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

4 Preliminary Checks

The following sections describe how to confirm that following components have been
installed and configured correctly:
 PC Hardware
 Operating system
 SE Suite 2.0 software

4.1 Hardware Configuration Check

Step Activity Done


1 Check the Hardware Requirements and Hard Disk
Partitioning. See the 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum Hardware and
Software Requirements' document, available on the SE Suite
2.0 Software DVD in directory
\Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Documentation\User
Manuals
or on the Agfa HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet
Link)
2 Check Firewall settings for input and output ports.
3 Check if Microsoft Windows Automatic Update function is
disabled.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 6 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

4.2 Software Configuration Check

Step Activity Done


1 Check the Software Requirements. See the 'SE Suite 2.0 -
Minimum Hardware and Software Requirements' document,
available on the SE Suite 2.0 Software DVD in directory
\Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Documentation\User
Manuals
or on the Agfa HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet
Link)
2 Check the time, date and time zone.
3 Check that license is installed and activated and contains
relevant or purchased options. The active licenses can be
seen in the "About Box" of SE Client and SE Standalone.

Installed license file should be present in “License”


subfolder of “Settings” folder with the correct name:
 IMPAX_SE_Client.lic
for SE Standalone and SE Client
 IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic
for SE Server and SE Standalone Web Server
4 Only SE Server and SE Standalone:

In “Control Panel\Administration Tools\Services” check that


following services are installed and run:
 SQL Server (IMPAX_SE) (must be automatically
started)
 SQL Server Agent (IMPAX_SE) (must be automatically
started)
 SQL Server Browser (must be automatically started)
5 Check if the Syslog Service is available and started.
6 Only SE Standalone and SE Client:
Check if User Accounts are created and are setup in User
Administration Tool.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 7 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

5 Acceptance Test of SE Suite

Depending on the configuration on site, check the function of:


 SE Standalone or
 SE Server with SE Client and
 SE Worklist Client
according to following checklist.

Step Activity Done Not


applicable
1 Check start-up and shut-down procedure of SE
Suite 2.0.
 For SE Server:
Start-up, shutdown and start-up the Server.
Ensure that the Server is working as defined
after start-up, shutdown and start-up.
 For SE Standalone and SE Client:
Start-up, shutdown and start-up SE
Standalone / SE Client. Ensure that the
Standalone or Client is working as defined
after start-up, shutdown and start-up.
2 Confirm that SE Central can be started.
3 Check if the storage from a modality to SE
Server or SE Standalone is working.
4 Perform a print from SE Client or SE Standalone
to an existing DICOM printer.
5 Test the query and retrieve functionality, when
configured.
6 Optional:
Perform a DICOM Modality Worklist query to the
connected RIS from SE Standalone or SE Client.
7 Perform data search on the “Database” window
of SE Suite at patient, study and series level.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 8 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

Step Activity Done Not


applicable
8 Perform:
 Study opening + Zoom
 Panning
 Contrast invert
 Save annotation and ROI as presentation
states.
9 For SE Standalone:
Check if “automatic cleaning of old images” is
activated. See SE Central > SE
Standalone / Client > Databases →
Modify

10 For SE Server or SE Standalone installed with


Web server:
Check if the user is able to::
 Download the web client from the web
server address.
 Connect to the web server with the web
client and predefined login.
11 Depending on license:
Check that HL7 message A01 sent from RIS is
accepted by SE Server or Standalone by
observing new patient item in the worklist of a
connected modality.

12 After Orthoview installation and setup:


Check if the is user is able to:
 Open images with Orthoview.
 Save new images including orthopaedic
templates on SE database in the same
study.
12 After Orthogon installation and setup:
Check if the user is able to:
 Export images to Orthogon.
 Perform measurements.
 Send the results to PACS.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 9 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

Step Activity Done Not


applicable
13 Perform a DICOMDIR export on a CD or DVD.

14 Perform a DICOMDIR import from a CD or DVD.

15 Optional, if the 'SE Worklist Client' is installed:


 Check start up /shut down of the SE
Worklist Client.
 Enter patient test demographic data.
 Check if modality worklist is provided to the
modality.
16 Optional, if SE Suite is used for Mammography:
 Open a Mammography study.
 Check whether Hanging Protocols are
applied.
17 For SW Web Client installation on NX:
Click on a prior study or patient and check if the
Web Client opens with a filtered worklist for this
patient or study.

18 If the image acquisition feature via digitizer is


available:
Scan a flatfield (see digitizer service manual for
instructions how to create a flatfield) and check
image quality of the scanned image.

IMPORTANT:
During identification of the image in
SE Standalone, select checkbox
"Flat Field Image". Only if this is
activated the image can be
evaluated. If it is not checked, the
image contrast enhancement
software "MUSICA" is applied which
makes the flat field image unusable.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 10 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

Step Activity Done Not


applicable
19 If the image acquisition feature via digitizer is
available and image quality of the faltfield image
is in doubt: Compare digitizer flatfield image with
limit pattern.
Proceeding:
(1) Download the DICOM limit pattern for the
digitizer (e.g. Banding_Pattern_CR30-
X.dcm) from the Agfa HealthCare Library.
(2) Copy the .dcm file to SE, e.g. to the F:\
drive.
(3) Start the SE Media Viewer by double-
clicking file:
C:\Agfa\Healthcare\NX\DataFiles\
DicomViewer\Viewer.exe
(4) Open the digitizer limit pattern (.dcm file).
(5) Compare the limit pattern with the flatfield
image. See also NOTE below.
(6) If the image quality of the flatfield image is
worse than the limit pattern, refer to digitizer
service manual, chapter Troubleshooting.
NOTE:
Note: It is possible to adjust window
and level by pressing the right
mouse button and moving the
mouse.
Left / right  - / + window
Up / down  + / - level
Level 12.500 / Window 10.000
should be optimal. If the image is too
dark increase level to e.g. 15.000.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 11 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

6 Acceptance Test of UPS

Step Activity Done


1 Allow UPS to build up a full charge.
2 Check the configuration of the Windows Power Option.
3 Check the USB or serial cable which connects the server and
the UPS.
4 Disconnect external power to the UPS.
5 Ensure that the UPS continues to power the system.
6 Wait until the configured minutes of removing external power
to the UPS have passed.
7 Ensure that the Windows Power option performs a correct
shutdown of the system.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 12 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Acceptance Test

7 Acceptance Test Finalization

Remarks of the Field Service Engineer:

Remarks of the Customer Representative:

Open issues are escalated:

Ensure that all open topics which can not be solved on-site are escalated via
the standard Service Escalation channels.

Completion of System Acceptance Test:

The tests outlined in this document have all been executed and have all passed
successfully indicating that the product is installed and configured correctly.

Name of Service Representative Role

Signature Date

Name of Customer Representative Role

Signature Date

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 6 / Page 13 of 13


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Chapter 7
Imaging Services Upgrade Installation
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

Software Update SE Suite 1.3 to SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document describes the software update of SE Suite 1.3 (SE Server, SE Client,
SE Standalone, SE Web Client, SE Worklist Client) to SE Suite 2.0.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date
1.0 02-2012 Initial version

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
DD+DIS274.11E Service Bulletin No. 01: SE Suite 2.0 available

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0
02-2012 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34451011
sw_07_upgade-install_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 2 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 SOFTWARE UPDATE SE SUITE 2.0 OVERVIEW ..................................................................4


2 PREPARING THE SOFTWARE UPDATE ...............................................................................5
2.1 Checking the Hardware and Software Requirements...............................................................5

2.2 Getting new license Files ..........................................................................................................5

2.3 Installing IIS for SE Standalone Webserver (optional)..............................................................7

2.4 Creating a Backup (SE Standalone and SE Server only).........................................................7

2.5 Closing the Dashboard (SE Standalone only) ..........................................................................7

3 PERFORMING THE SOFTWARE UPDATE FOR SE SERVER, SE CLIENT, SE


STANDALONE AND SE WORKLIST CLIENT .........................................................................8
4 PERFORMING THE SOFTWARE UPDATE FOR THE SE WEB CLIENT.............................10
5 PERFORMING THE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE ...................................................11
6 INFORMING THE CUSTOMER ABOUT NEW FEATURES AND SOLVED BUGS ...............11
7 APPENDIX: SOLVING MESSAGE "UNDER CONSTRUCTION" WHEN CONNECTING TO
THE SE WEB SERVER..........................................................................................................12

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 3 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

1 Software Update SE Suite 2.0 Overview

The software update process to SE Suite 2.0 starting from SE Suite 1.3 is divided in
following main steps:

# Step: See section:


1 Preparing the software update: 2
 Checking the Hardware and Software Requirements
 Getting software for SE Suite 2.0
 Getting new license files for SE Server, each SE Client, SE
Standalone and the optional SE Standalone Web Server.
 Installing IIS for SE Standalone
 Creating a backup
 Closing the SE Services Dashboard at SE Standalone
2 Performing the software update of the single components 3
depending on the configuration on site:
 SE Server
 SE Client
 SE Standalone
 SE Worklist Client
4 Performing an update of the SE Web Client 4
5 Performing the Acceptance Test Procedure 5
6 Informing the customer about new features and solved bugs 6

REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes per component in average.
Additional time (estimated approximately 2 to 3 hours) required for:
 Preparation
 Acceptance test procedure
 Customer Training / customer hand-over

IMPORTANT:
It is not possible to update a system below SE Suite 1.3 directly to SE Suite 2.0.
First perform an update to SE Suite 1.3.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 4 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

2 Preparing the Software Update

Perform following steps to prepare the software update from SE Suite 1.3 to
SE Suite 2.0:

2.1 Checking the Hardware and Software Requirements

(1) Check the hardware / software requirements and required disk partitioning in
following document: 'SE Suite 2.0 - Minimum Hardware and Software
Requirements'.

The document is available on the SE Suite 2.0 Software DVD in directory


\Setup\Server\SECLIENTDIR\Documentation\User Manuals
or on the Agfa HealthCare Library (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
(2) If required: Install the prerequisites as defined in document mentioned above.

2.2 Getting new license Files

(1) Download SE Suite 2.0 software from the SE Suite FTP Server
(File size approximately 3,4 GB):
For an instruction how to access the FTP Server see following document on the
Agfa HealthCare Library: SE Image Management => SE Image Management =>
SE Suite 2.0 => Software (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).

(2) Insert the SE Installation DVD in


the DVD-ROM drive.
(3) Right-click on file
<StartMeFirst.exe> and select
<Run as administrator>

Figure 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 5 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

(4) Select: <Get SE product


activation key>

Figure 2

(5) If an error pops-up: Unable to compute the activation key!:


Check whether the network cable is properly connected: As the activation key is
based on the MAC address, network access is required.

(6) Select “Copy to Clipboard”.

Copy to Clipboard

Figure 3

(7) Open the Notepad, paste the content of the clipboard and save the file. The
software activation key must be available when connecting to the Agfa
HealthCare's Electronic License Management system (see next step).
(8) Following steps can be made at the local or another computer: Open a web
browser manually and connect to the following address:
https://helicensing.agfa.net/rc/

(9) Download the license file(s).

(10) Rename the license file (s):


- <IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic> for SE Server and SE Standalone Web Server
- <IMPAX_SE_CLIENT.lic> for SE Client and SE Standalone

(11) Repeat this procedure for each computer where a license is required (SE Server,
each SE Client, SE Standalone).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 6 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

2.3 Installing IIS for SE Standalone Webserver (optional)

For instructions how to install IIS refer to the Service Manual chapter 4, Installation,
section 1, "Preparing Installation".

2.4 Creating a Backup (SE Standalone and SE Server only)

(1) Go to the SE Suite PC which shall be updated: SE Server or SE Standalone.


(2) Login with the administrator account.

(3) Select menu:


START – Programs – Agfa HealthCare - SE
SmartBackup Tool
(4) Select: <Create Backup>
(5) Wait until the backup is finished.

Figure 4

NOTE:
Creating a backup is just done for the case of an unexpected event during software
update. Under normal conditions all images, databases and settings are suntil available
after the software update.

2.5 Closing the Dashboard (SE Standalone only)

(1) For SE Standalone: In the SE Services Dashboard


select: <Minimize to System Tray>
(2) Click the dashboard icon in the system tray.
(3) Select: <Exit>

Figure 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 7 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

3 Performing the Software Update for SE Server, SE Client, SE


Standalone and SE Worklist Client

(1) Go to the SE Suite PC which shall be updated: SE Server, SE Client, SE


Standalone or SE Worklist Client.
(2) Login with the administrator account.

(3) Insert the SE Installation DVD in


the DVD-ROM drive.
(4) Right-click on file
<StartMeFirst.exe> and select
<Run as administrator>
At Windows XP: Select <open>
Figure 6

(5) Select the component which


shall be updated.

Install the SE Server


Install the SE Client/Standalone
Install the SE Worklist Client
Install the SE Worklist Client - Free Version

Figure 7

(6) Click on <YES> to continue.


(7) Click on <NEXT>.

Figure 8

(8) The "Resume" message appears:


Click next.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 8 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

Figure 9

(9) Wait approximately 5 minutes until


the installation is finished.
(10) Click on: <Finish>

Figure 10

(11) Copy the license file(s) to the license directory in the SE application settings
directory. The default license directory is:
For SE Server:
D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Server\Settings\License
For SE Client / SE Standalone:
D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\License
For the optional Web Server on SE Standalone:
D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE Client\Settings\LicenseWeb

(12) Reboot the computer.

(13) For SE Standalone if Web Server license is available: Go to the Web Clients and
install the Web Client Software. For details see section 4.

(14) Repeat the software update for the other SE Suite components. See also
IMPORTANT note below.

IMPORTANT:
Upgrade all SE Suite components at the customer site: All components have to be on
the same software level "SE Suite 2.0".

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 9 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

4 Performing the Software Update for the SE Web Client

IMPORTANT:
Perform the software update of the SE Web Client after update of the SE Server (if
applicable).

At the PC used as Web client:


(1) Open the web browser at the web client PC.
(2) Type in the IP address of the Server.
Refer to section 7 if the message appears: "Under Construction"
(3) Click on <Download the last version of SE Web Client here>.
(4) Download the Web Client and install it.
(5) Execute the ‘SE Web Client’ with the shortcut on the desktop created by the
installer.
(6) Enter IP address of the web server and login with username chosen in SE User
Administration Tool. SE Web Client should start now and should connect to the
SE Server database.
(7) Check version of Web Client in the "About" Box (by clicking on the "?"):
It must show SE Web Client Version 2.0.0.0.
(8) Repeat steps (1) to (7) for the other Web clients (if available).

Figure 11

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 10 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

5 Performing the Acceptance Test Procedure

Perform the acceptance test procedure as defined in chapter 6 of the service manual.

6 Informing the Customer about new Features and solved Bugs

Inform the customer about new features and solved bugs of SE Suite 2.0.

A summary of new features and solved bugs is available in Service Bulletin No. 01,
DD+DIS274.11E (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).

For detailed information to new features and solved bugs in software SE Suite 2.0
refer to the release note available via the main menu of the SE Suite 2.0
Installation DVD:

Figure 12

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 11 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

7 Appendix: Solving Message "Under Construction" when


connecting to the SE Web Server

After upgrade of SE Server on Windows Server 2003 following software issue


may appear:

Symptom When connecting to the SE Server Web


Server, e.g. to perform the software
update of the SE Web Client, following
message appears: "Under Construction"

Figure 13
Cause Software fault

Solution (1) Select: Control Panel >


Administrative Tools >
Internet Information
Services (IIS) Manager
(2) Right-click on
Default Web Site.
(3) Select: <Properties>
(4) Click on tab: Home Directory

Figure 14

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 12 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Upgrade Installation

(5) Check the local path: It must be


C:\Program Files\Agfa
HealthCare\SE
Server\WebServer\html

Note, that C:\Program Files


can also be named different
(e.g. C:\Programs).
(6) If the path is not correct: Click
<Browse> an select the proper
path (mentioned in previous step)
(7) Click: <Apply>
(8) Reboot the computer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 0 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 7 / Page 13 of 13


02-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE Chapter 8
Imaging Services Release Information
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document describes the changes in SE Suite 2.0.1, compared to SE Suite 1.3.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.0:
1.1 09-2012  Adapted storage capacity information.
 Removed Multi-Site functionality.

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
DD+DIS185.12E Software Update 2.0.1 available for SE 2.0 and SE+NX

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1
09-2012 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34453081
sw_08_release-info_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Release Information

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 8 / Page 2 of 4


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Release Information

1 Summary

SE Suite 2.0.1 has following new features compared to its predecessor version,
SE Suite 1.3:

 Adapted storage capacity


(10.000 studies for CR and 30.000 studies for DR / CT studies)
 Extended support of operating systems:
o New: Windows 64-bit environment
o New: Windows 2008 foundation server
 Bundled configuration and setup tools in “SE Central”:
Comfortable access to configuration settings
 SE Web Client access to SE Standalone
 Ability to acquire images from an Agfa CR entry level digitizer (CR 10-X or
CR 30-X 2nd) on SE Standalone
 Tablet PC support for Web Client
 Several application related features added:
o Improved Hanging Protocol (HP) functionality:
HP for several CR/DR images, not only for Mammography
o Integration of Agfa’s Orthogon* software
o Comfortable editing of demographic elements layout: No more XML editing
required to add or remove demographic elements like e.g. referring physician
or StudyID.
o Reworked graphical user interface

*Orthogon is a qualified orthopedic measurement software to be used for diagnostic and follow-up
purpose at orthopedic deformations and post - operative illnesses.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 8 / Page 3 of 4


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Release Information

2 Detailed Information

For detailed information to new features and solved bugs in software SE Suite 2.0.1
refer to the release note available via the main menu of the SE Suite 2.0.1
Installation DVD:

Figure 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 1 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 8 / Page 4 of 4


09-2012 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Chapter 9
Imaging Services Troubleshooting
Document No: DD+DIS222.11E

SE Suite 2.0

► Purpose of this Document

This document lists:


 Basic checks
 Issues and Solutions
 Frequently asked Questions
 Tips and Tricks

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous version 1.1:
1.2 06-2013 Added Issue 25: Presentation Settings for some Images are
not saved

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
Not applicable

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2013 printed in Germany Document Node ID: 34452521
troubleshooting_guide_e_template_v08
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

► Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 2 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 BASIC CHECKS .......................................................................................................................5


1.1 SE Standalone Installation Checklist ........................................................................................5

1.2 SE Server Installation Checklist................................................................................................7

1.3 SE Client Installation Checklist ...............................................................................................11

1.4 SE Worklist Client Installation Checklist .................................................................................11

1.5 SE Worklist Client Free Version Installation Checklist ...........................................................12

2 ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS ....................................................................................................13


2.1 Issue 1: Images do not appear in the Image Area..................................................................13

2.2 Issue 2: It is not possible to log into Application .....................................................................14

2.3 Issue 3: Debug Error Message ...............................................................................................15

2.4 Issue 4: SQL Server Database Creation Error at Installation of SE Standalone on Windows
XP SP2/SP3 in Portuguese ....................................................................................................16

2.5 Issue 5: Display Issues ...........................................................................................................17

2.6 Issue 6: HL7 Messages not reconciliated ...............................................................................20

2.7 Issue 7: Service Dashboard shows empty List of Services ....................................................21

2.8 Issue 8: Font Size sporadically too large or too small when printing......................................24

2.9 Issue 9: Font Size sporadically too large or too small when burning a CD or DVD ...............24

2.10 Issue 10: Character Display Issues ........................................................................................24

2.11 Issue 11: Graphical User Interface Handling Issues...............................................................25

2.12 Issue 12: MS Word Report cannot be added if Study contains Teleradiology Context..........26

2.13 Issue 13: Refreshing of a new Data is sporadically missing at SE Worklist Client.................26

2.14 Issue 14: ‘Save as new Series’ does not work while Hanging Protocol is activated ..............26

2.15 Issue 15: SE Suite 2.0 Installation Issues...............................................................................26

2.16 Issue 16: Message “No UNC-path is configured” when creating a Backup ...........................28

2.17 Issue 17: ‘SE Worklist Client - Free Version’ Installation fails ................................................28

2.18 Issue 18: Archived Series is not displayed .............................................................................29

2.19 Issue 19: No Response from Server when starting SE Web Client........................................29

2.20 Issue 20: SE Web Client closes immediately after login ........................................................29

2.21 Issue 21: No Connection to the Digitizer: The Status Indicator does not get green...............30

2.22 Issue 22: Login not possible anymore after changing User Profiles Path ..............................31

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 3 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.23 Issue 23: Intermittently some Images are shifted to a Problem Folder ..................................31

2.24 Issue 24: DICOM Echo in SE Central does not work .............................................................32

2.25 Issue 25: Presentation Settings for some Images are not saved ...........................................32

3 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) .........................................................................34


3.1 SE AE Title..............................................................................................................................34

3.2 User Management ..................................................................................................................34

4 TIPS & TRICKS ......................................................................................................................35


4.1 Testing the Database..............................................................................................................35

4.2 Testing ODBC-Connections....................................................................................................36

4.3 Shrinking and Reorganizing the Database .............................................................................37

4.4 Moving a Database .................................................................................................................41

4.5 Using HL 7 Inspector Tool ......................................................................................................44

4.6 Using the DICOM Mailbox ......................................................................................................47

4.7 Identifying the installed Database Versions............................................................................48

4.8 Using the SE Suite Service Dashboard ..................................................................................49

4.9 Testing Ports at SE Server / SE Standalone ..........................................................................52

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 4 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

1 Basic checks

NOTE:
This test sequence checks that the SE Suite has been installed correctly.
If problems with the SE Suite occur, first check if everything was installed correctly.

1.1 SE Standalone Installation Checklist

Check if the SE Standalone was installed correctly.

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


1 Check Following databases should be available in:
Database SQL Server Management Studio (Start 
creation. All Programs  Microsoft SQL Server
2005  SQL Server Management Studio -
 Connect to Server with user name sa. For
password see menu: SE Central > SE User
Administration Tool > Database

 Admin
 HP
 IMPAX_SE
 SYSLOG_DB
 Worklist

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 5 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


The databases should be available in folder:
E:\Agfa HealthCare\Data\MSSQL.1\
MSSQL\data
 Admin.mdf
 HP.mdf
 IMPAX_SE.mdf
 SYSLOG_DB.mdf
 Worklist.mdf
2 Check Syslog Syslog folder should be available in:
service C:\Program Files\Agfa HealthCare
installation.
Syslog Service (RFC 3195) service should be
installed (with automatic starting) and started.
3 Check license If specified by user during installation, license file(s)
installation. should be present in License subfolder of
Settings folder with the correct name:
IMPAX_SE_CLIENT.lic for SE Standalone.
IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic for optional web server.
4 Check ‘Write’ Check Write permissions for all Windows user
permissions. accounts on:
 D:\AGFA Healthcare
(and all subfolders and files, particularly
base.par, proto.mdb and securedb.par)
 F:\AGFA Healthcare
(and all subfolders and files)
 C:\WINDOWS\Admin.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SEClientStandalone
Install.ini
 C:\WINDOWS SeSuiteComponents.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\DMWKLSrv.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\HL7Gateway.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SigmaW.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SmartBackup.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\syslog_gui.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\syslog_srv.ini

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 6 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

5 Check In Control Panel > Administrative tools


Internet > Internet Information Services (IIS)
Services Manager, check that:
Manager (IIS)
Installation  IMPAX-WEB is installed.
 In IMPAX-WEB > Web Sites > Default
Web Site, folders eDicom and Download
are created.
 within Download folder,
SE WebClient.exe is available.

1.2 SE Server Installation Checklist

Check if the SE Server was installed correctly.

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


1 Check Following applications must be available in:
Applications Control Panel > Programs and Features
Installation.
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Backward
Compatibility
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Native Client
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Setup Support Files
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005 VSS Writer
 SE Server
 Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable
Package (x86)
2 Check Following application folders must be available in:
Applications C:\Program Files\Agfa HealthCare
folder
 Admin
Installation.
 DMWKL
 HL7Gateway
 SE Central
 SE Client
 SE Server
 SmartBackup
 Syslog

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 7 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


3 Check Following databases should be available in:
Database SQL Server Management Studio
creation. (Start  All Programs  Microsoft SQL
Server 2005  SQL Server Management
Studio - Connect to Server with user name sa.
For password see menu: SE Central > SE User
Administration Tool > Database

 Admin
 IMPAX_SE
 SYSLOG_DB
 Worklist

E:\Agfa HealthCare\Data\MSSQL.1\
MSSQL\data
 Admin.mdf
 IMPAX_SE.mdf
 SYSLOG_DB.mdf
 Worklist.mdf

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 8 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


4 Check Following folders should be available in settings
settings folder. Path defined by user in installshield should
installation. be: D:/Agfa HealthCare/SE server/Settings
 Config (MUST BE SHARED)
 DicomMailBox
 DMWKLMailBox
 HL7MailBox
 HPMailbox
 License
 Profile (MUST BE SHARED)
 Receive
 Res
 Send
 Temp
5 Check data Images folder should be available in:
installation. F:\Agfa HealthCare\Images
Folder must be shared.
6 Check In Control Panel\Administration
services. Tools\Services following services should be
installed and run:
 SE DMWKL Server Launcher
(must be automatically restarted)
 SE HL7 Gateway Service Launcher
(must be automatically restarted)
 SE Server Service Launcher
(must be automatically restarted)
 SQL Server (IMPAX_SE)
(must be automatically restarted)
 SQL Server Agent (IMPAX_SE)
(must be automatically restarted)
 SQL Server Browser
(must be automatically restarted)
 Syslog Service (RFC 3195)
(must be automatically restarted)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 9 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


7 Check If specified by user during installation, license file
license should be present in License subfolder of
installation. Settings folder with the correct name
IMPAX_SE_SERVER.lic
8 Check ‘Write’ Check Write permissions for administrator on:
permissions.
 D:\AGFA Healthcare
(and all subfolders and files)
 F\AGFA Healthcare
(and all subfolders and files)
 C:\WINDOWS\DMWKLSrv.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\eDicom.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\HL7Gateway.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SEServerInstall.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SeSuiteComponents.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SigmaPacs.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SigmaW.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SmartBackup.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\syslog_gui.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\syslog_srv.ini
9 Check In Control Panel\Administrative
Internet tools\Internet Information Services
Services (IIS) Manager, check that:
Manager (IIS)
Installation  IMPAX-WEB is installed.
 In IMPAX-WEB, > Web Sites > Default
Web Site, folders eDicom and Download
are created.
 within Download folder,
SE WebClient.exe is available.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 10 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

1.3 SE Client Installation Checklist

Check if the SE Client was installed correctly.

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


1 Check If specified by user during installation, license file
license should be present in License subfolder of
installation. Settings folder with the correct name:
IMPAX_SE_CLIENT.lic
2 Check ‘Write’ Check Write permissions for all declared Windows
permissions. user accounts on:
 D:\AGFA Healthcare
(and all subfolders and files, particularly
base.par, proto.mdb)
 C:\WINDOWS\SEClientStandaloneInstall.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SeSuiteComponents.ini
 C:\WINDOWS\SigmaW.INI
3 Check Check via windows explorer to have file access from
Access to SE SE Client to SE Server.
Server.

1.4 SE Worklist Client Installation Checklist

Check if the SE Worklist Client was installed correctly.

Step Activity Done


1 SE Worklist Client shortcut on desktop
2 SE Worklist Client shortcut in Start Menu
3 Binaries available in directory C:\Program files\Agfa
HealthCare\SE Worklist Client

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 11 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

1.5 SE Worklist Client Free Version Installation Checklist

Check if the SE Worklist Client 'free Version' was installed correctly.

Step Activity Remark / Description Done


1 DICOM “SE DMWKL Server Launcher” service should be
Modality installed (with automatic starting) and started.
Service
installation
check

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 12 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2 Issues and Solutions

IMPORTANT:
Read the Release Notes delivered with the software for more known bugs
and solutions.

2.1 Issue 1: Images do not appear in the Image Area

Symptom It is possible to successfully log in to the application and find patients, but not possible
to view thumbnails or full size images.
Cause The path to where the images are stored may be incorrect, or not available.
Solution 1 Ensure that there is an Images share specified.
(1) In the SE client, select Options > Databases… to open the databases dialog.
(2) Select the SE database and click <Modify>.
(3) In the resulting dialog, select Images paths…
(4) Ensure that the path displayed in this dialog is correct.

If the client is unavailable, this is also defined in the base.par or


paxbase.par file stored in [drive]\ _SE\Settings\base, where
[drive] is the install drive.
Solution 2 Ensure access to the Images share.
If the images are on a shared network drive, ensure that the Images share is active.
(1) Select Start > Run and type: \\[server name]\Images
If accessible, the share should open.
(2) Enter a user and password that apply to that system and select Remember my
password.
It is required to have an active network connection for any UNC path to
work (i.e. \\server\share).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 13 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.2 Issue 2: It is not possible to log into Application

Symptom When logging into SE, an error message appears similar to the following:

Figure 1

Cause User credentials, configured profiles incorrect.


Solution (1) Ensure that the user credentials are correct.
If necessary, reset the user password in the SE User Management tool.

It is required to enter a new password when logging into the


application next time.

(2) Ensure that the configured Profile share is correct.

The profile is specified in the Se central.


Ensure that the Users directory points to the correct directory.

When configuring a client that will use central profiles on a server, it is required
to specify the share name of the profile directory on the server.

(3) Ensure that access to the Profile share is possible.

If the user accounts are on a central server, ensure that the Profile share is
active by selecting Start > Run and type: \\[server name]\Profile

If accessible, the share should open. If prompted to enter a user and password,
enter the credentials that apply to that system and select Remember my
password.

It is required to have an active network connection for any UNC path to


work (i.e. \\server\share).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 14 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.3 Issue 3: Debug Error Message

Symptom An error message appears shortly after logging into SE.

Figure 2

This error may force SE to close.

Cause This error is usually related to the DICOM Mailbox.

Solution (1) Ensure that the DICOM mailboxes are empty.

Refer to the settings in the Se central to find the mailboxes on the system.

(2) Browse to the mailbox folder location and remove any objects that remain in the
folder and try launching SE again.

Normally SE will place objects it can’t import into a Problem folder in the
mailbox. Occasionally it is unable to do this and will force the application to
close.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 15 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.4 Issue 4: SQL Server Database Creation Error at Installation of SE


Standalone on Windows XP SP2/SP3 in Portuguese

Symptom At the end of the installation of SE Standalone on a Windows XP SP2/SP3 Portuguese


Operating System an error message pops up about the fact that databases creation
failed.
Cause The default installation path of SE application is
C:\Program Files\Agfa Healthcare and this default path is provided to SQL
silent installation.
But sometimes, Windows program files folder is not named Program Files.
SQL silent installer installs and creates folder in provided destination folder, but also in
default Windows program files folder. Finally, a part of SQL installation is located in
C:\Program files\... and another part located in C:\Programs\...
It should work normally, but SE application installation needs to use a SQL file in order
to create SE database launching SQL script files.
This SQL file is located in C:\Programs\... (Created by SQL) and SE installer
search it in C:\Program files (SE default path).
Replacing C:\Program files default path during installation by C:\Programs
will place all SQL files in the same place and SE installer could create SE database.

Solution (1) Launch start me first.exe.


(2) When application binaries path
window is displayed, change the
installation directory (replace
C:\Program files\Agfa… by
C:\Programs\Agfa…).
(3) Continue installation until end.

Figure 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 16 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.5 Issue 5: Display Issues

2.5.1 Window not visible - moved out of the Screen

Symptom If a multi monitor configuration is used for SE application, it might rarely happen that a
certain window is missing: The window from where the missing window was opened,
does not allow further operation.
Cause Software fault
Solution Possibility 1:
(1) Press "<ALT> and <SPACE> key.
(2) Press the <m> key (for move): Now it is possible to move the missing window
back in by using the mouse cursor or using the left/right/up/down arrow – keys.
Possibility 2:
(3) Select <Options> in the menu bar.
(4) Select <User Preferences>.
(5) Select <Windows>
(6) Select <Reset>: This resets all windows to default position.

2.5.2 Application Menu Toolbars disabled after full Screen Mode (F11 key)

Symptom Using the F11 keyboard key (Full screen display toggle key) under Microsoft Windows
Vista and Windows XP, in SE Client/Standalone causes a malfunction of the menu
toolbar: The user cannot click on application menus anymore (toolbar displayed over
menus) when coming back from full screen mode.
Cause Specific configuration of Microsoft Windows in System Properties > Advanced >
Visual Effects.
Solution To bypass this rendering issue when using the F11 key for full screen display of
images disable the Visual styles on windows and buttons option.
Proceeding:
(1) Click on Advanced system settings in upper-left corner of Control
Panel> System window.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 17 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Figure 4

(2) In Advanced tab of System Properties dialog, click on Settings… under


Performance group.

Figure 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 18 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

(3) In Visual Effects tab, chose Custom and uncheck the last item in the list
Use visual styles on windows and buttons.

Figure 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 19 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.6 Issue 6: HL7 Messages not reconciliated

Symptom Patient data are not updated via HL7: It is not possible to reconciliate it. A log debug is
performed.
Cause If character set is not “8859/9”, the patient name data will be rendered differently than in
the message, because it will be encoding with the given character set.
This can be seen in the HL7 Inspector: The character set in the HL7 message is
different from the character set of the images of the patient to update.

Figure 7
Solution Check with RIS vendor, whether it is possible to adjust character set to "8859/9".

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 20 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.7 Issue 7: Service Dashboard shows empty List of Services

Symptom Using Service Dashboard with non-admin Windows user account results in an empty
list of services displayed.
Cause Access permissions not properly configured.
Solution Configure the dashboard in order to execute it by different user accounts with different
privileges:
For Windows 7 or Vista proceed as follows:
(1) Log in as administrator and go to the binaries folder of Service Dashboard.
(2) Right-click on “ServiceDashboard.exe” and select properties.

Figure 8

(3) Select the Compatibility tab. See Figure 9.


(4) Select “Run this program as an administrator” in “Privilege Level” corner and
click on Apply.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 21 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

(5) Click on “Change settings for all users” button.


(6) Select “Run this program as an administrator” in “Privilege Level” corner. See
Figure 10.
(7) Click on Apply again, then OK (2 times).

Figure 9 Figure 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 22 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

For Windows XP proceed as follows:

(1) Start the ServiceDashboard application using right-click.


(2) Select "Run as ..."

Figure 11

(3) Select an administrator account.

Figure 12

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 23 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.8 Issue 8: Font Size sporadically too large or too small when printing

Symptom Bad font size when printing:


Sometimes, information on images is very small or very large on a film print.
Cause Software fault
Solution Change the dpi setting in the printer.

2.9 Issue 9: Font Size sporadically too large or too small when burning a CD
or DVD

2.9.1

Symptom Crash with Nero burning under Vista:


When the user burns a DicomDir CD / DVD with SE Client / Standalone under Vista or
Windows 7, the application crashes at the end of the burning process.
Cause Software fault
Solution Use IMAPI instead of Nero as burner APi.
Note, that it is possible to restart the application after the crash: Burning was correctly
performed even if there was a crash.

2.10 Issue 10: Character Display Issues

2.10.1 Bad Character rendering of GSPS Description

Symptom When copying GSPS from a DICOMDIR via 'Copy to' feature, description of the GSPS
in the tree view is badly displayed.
Cause Software fault
Solution Use 'send to' instead of 'copy to' with the created directory entry corresponding to the
standalone or the server (in client server configuration).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 24 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.10.2 Wrong Display of Arabic and Hebrew Characters on MS Windows Server 2003

Symptom Wrong Display of arabic and hebrew Characters on MS Windows Server 2003
Cause Software fault
Solution (1) Open Control panel and select Regional and Language Options item.
(2) In the languages tab select checkbox “Install Files for complex scripts and right-
to-left languages”.
Note, that this option selection in some cases requires the use of Windows 2003 Server
installation DVD.
Result Characters are properly rendered.

2.11 Issue 11: Graphical User Interface Handling Issues

2.11.1 "Send to" Function sends marked Images only, if the "selected Images only"
option is used

Symptom The "Send to" Function sends marked Images only, if the "selected Images only" option
is used.
Cause Software fault
Solution Mark images (by pushing ENTER key) that shall be sent and send with option ‘selected
images only’.

2.11.2 Deleting Images not possible when using the right Click Menu

Symptom It is not possible to delete an image when using right click menu on displayed image.
Cause Software fault
Solution Apply deletion using right click on the thumbnail.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 25 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.11.3 Checkbox displayed as black Square on Monochrome Displays

Symptom Checkboxes are not properly displayed: They are all black.
Cause Wrong display settings
Solution Possibility 1:
Check monochrome monitor display cards settings and change color palette depending
on the manufacturer's recommendations.
Possibility 2:
In a configuration with a colour monitor, set it as Main Windows Screen and reboot.

2.12 Issue 12: MS Word Report cannot be added if Study contains


Teleradiology Context

Symptom When a study contains a teleradiology context, it is not possible to add a MS Word
report from tree view.
Cause Software fault
Solution Add the report via list view for the same study.

2.13 Issue 13: Refreshing of a new Data is sporadically missing at SE Worklist


Client

Symptom When adding an entry in the SE Worklist Client, sporadically this entry does not appear
in the list.
Cause Software fault
Solution Apply a refresh via menu or F5.

2.14 Issue 14: ‘Save as new Series’ does not work while Hanging Protocol is
activated

Symptom ‘Save as new series’ does not work while Hanging Protocol is activated.
Cause Software fault
Solution (1) Close study.
(2) Open the images by double clicking on thumbnails or the series.
(3) Apply 'save as new series'.

2.15 Issue 15: SE Suite 2.0 Installation Issues

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 26 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.15.1 Microsoft SQL Server 2005 installation is not successful

Symptom Microsoft SQL Server 2005 installation is not successful.


Cause Windows Installer 4.5 or Microsoft Office 2003 Web Components have not been
installed on the MS operating system by default.
Solution The Microsoft Windows Installer 4.5 is available on the SE-DVD-Suite (folder:
Part 1 \setup\sql\servers\redist\windows installer).

(1) Open <Control Panel> and check if Microsoft Windows Installer 4.5.
is already installed.
 If yes continue with step (4).
 If no continue with step (2).

(2) Insert SE-DVD-Suite (folder: \setup\sql\servers\redist\windows installer).


(3) Install Microsoft Windows Installer 4.5.

Solution The Microsoft Office 2003 Web Components can be downloaded from the Microsoft
Part 2 homepage (www.microsoft.com/) or available on the SE-DVD-Suite (folder:
\Setup\SQL\Servers\Setup or \Setup\SQL\Tools\Setup).

(4) Open the browser and download Microsoft Office 2003 Web Components from
the Microsoft homepage (www.microsoft.com) or get it from the SE-DVD-Suite.
(5) Install Microsoft Office 2003 Web Components by executing the ‘owc11.msi’ file.

2.15.2 Admin Profile Options not available during Upgrade

Symptom Admin profile options not available during upgrade.


Cause Software fault
Solution Delete all description.xml files and restart the applications (SE Standalone or SE Server
and one SE Client).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 27 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.16 Issue 16: Message “No UNC-path is configured” when creating a Backup

Symptom Message “No UNC-path is configured” when creating a Backup.


In versions below SE Suite 1.3 the backup path chosen during installation can be a
location on the local drives or a UNC-path. If a local drive has been selected, message
“No UNC-path is configured” appears when creating a backup.
Cause Changed implementation in SE Suite 1.3
Solution Modify the path into a UNC-path via SE SmartBackup.

2.17 Issue 17: ‘SE Worklist Client - Free Version’ Installation fails

Symptom ‘SE Worklist Client – free Version (with SQL server 2008 Express Edition) Installation
fails
Cause Missing Microsoft software components

Solution Be sure to have following basic software components loaded before starting installation
of ‘SE Worklist Client free Version’:
Windows XP
 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 (dotnetfx35setup.exe)
 Windows Installer 4.5 (WindowsXP-KB942288-v3-x86.exe)
Windows Vista
 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 (dotnetfx35setup.exe)
 Windows Installer 4.5 (Windows6.0-KB942288-v2-x86.msu)
 Windows PowerShell 1.0 Installation Package (Windows6.0-KB928439-x86.msu)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 28 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.18 Issue 18: Archived Series is not displayed

Symptom Archived series is not displayed.


Cause Archiving path has been modified and the new path is located on a new
media/disk/storage space which has a different serial number.
Solution When loading an archived series, a dialog is displayed to specify the older path. Here it
is not possible to use the dialog to specify a path in order to display the series. The only
way to load this archived data is to update related data in SE database.
To do so open SQL Server Management Studio and execute the following SQL script
on IMPAX_SE database:
Update ARCHIVE set VolumeSerialNumber=N'New_Serial',
Path=N'New_Path', VolumeLabel=N'New_Label' where
VolumeLabel=N'Old_Label'

Comments:
Replace New_Serial by the new serial of the new archiving media/disk/storage.
Replace New_Path by the new archiving path on the new media.
Replace New_Label by the new label of archiving media.
Replace Old_Label by the old archiving media label.

2.19 Issue 19: No Response from Server when starting SE Web Client

Symptom Error message "No Response from Server" when starting SE Web Client.
Cause SE Web Server configured for HTTPS connection, at the SE Web Client the HTTPS
checkbox is not selected however (or the other way round).
Solution At the log-in window at the SE Web Client, be sure to have the same HTTPS setting
like on the SE Web Server (in menu SE Central > SE Webserver > Web
Server > Communication).

2.20 Issue 20: SE Web Client closes immediately after login

Symptom After an upgrade of the SE Server, the SE Web Client closes immediately after login.
Cause SE Web Client not updated.
Solution Install the new Web client from the home page of the server.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 29 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.21 Issue 21: No Connection to the Digitizer: The Status Indicator does not get
green

Symptom After setup of the digitizer in menu SE Central > SE Standalone / Client >
Acquisition configuration the digitizer status indicator does not get green.

Cause 1 SE Standalone not started.

Solution 1 Start SE Standalone: The digitizer status indicator only gets green, if the "Imaging
software" is started up.

Cause 2 Configuration mismatch: Parameters entered in the digitizer menu <Digitizer


settings> and SE Standalone menu <SE Central > SE Standalone /
Client > Acquisition configuration> do not match.

Solution 2 Check whether all digitizer settings and settings in menu SE Central > SE
Standalone / Client > Acquisition configuration match.
See the example in service manual chapter 5, Configuration.

Cause 3 Configuration mismatch

Solution 3 (1) On SE Standalone double-click file:


C:\Agfa\Healthcare\CRAcquisitionModule\Cx.Logging.Viewer.exe
(2) Open file
C:\Agfa\Healthcare\log\AAS\XML\AAS.Application.NonVisual.Acq
uisitionService.exe.log
(3) Check the logfile for errors.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 30 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

2.22 Issue 22: Login not possible anymore after changing User Profiles Path

Symptom After change of the path to the folder containing user profiles in menu:
SE Central > SE User Administration Tool > Database or
User Management Tool > Setup > Database
login is not possible anymore.

Cause Path for user profiles should not be changed.


If it is changed, it has to be updated in SE Central and the User Management Tool.

Solution Copy the old profiles from the old path (e.g. D:\Agfa HealthCare\SE
Client\Settings\Profile) to the new defined path.

2.23 Issue 23: Intermittently some Images are shifted to a Problem Folder

Symptom The SE Server stops receiving images from the modality. The images appear in the
“problem folder”, which is located by default in D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE
Server\Settings\DicomMailBox.

Cause Software issue in SE Suite 1.3 (incl. SE+NX) and SE Suite 2.0: Image integration failure
due to file copy function in a UNC path.

Solution Workaround:
(1) Reboot the server
(2) Place the images in the DicomMailbox (as configured in: SE Central > SE
Standalone / Client > Application > Acquisition)
Result: Images are submitted into the database and available for the users.
Final solution: Update to SE 2.0.1 and reduce buffer size value in SE Central:
- SE Standalone / Client > Application > Buffers > Buffer size (in MB)
- SE Server > Service Settings > Buffers > Buffer size (in MB)
The buffer size value should be in between 0 and 100 MB. Default: 32 MB.
If still images are sent to the problem folder, reduce the buffer size value to the
smallest file size in the problem folder minus 5 MB.
Example:
There are two files in the “problem folder”: One with 22 MB and one with 18 MB.
In this case reduce the buffer size to 18 MB minus 5 MB = 13 MB.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 31 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

2.24 Issue 24: DICOM Echo in SE Central does not work

Symptom DICOM ECHO does not work in SE Central when pinging a DICOM printer.
Printing is not influenced: If parameters are correctly set-up, printing works fine.

Cause Software issue in SE Suite 2.0.

Solution Update to SE 2.0.1.

2.25 Issue 25: Presentation Settings for some Images are not saved

Symptom The user can adapt the presentation of


images in menu “Display Format”,
accessible in the main toolbar, or by
pressing <F3> on the keyboard.
Part 1 of the symptom:
In this menu, when changing one of the
“Active displayed series” parameters
(see Figure 13) for CR / US series, this
setting is not saved.
Part 2 of the symptom:
In addition, when selecting “Group series
from the same study” this setting is not
saved for all modalities different from CT,
MR, CR and US (e.g. it is not saved for
modality “OT”).
When re-opening the study, the setting has
to be repeated.

Figure 13

Cause Software issue in SE Suite 2.0, SE Suite 1.3 (incl. SE+NX) and previous versions

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 32 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

Solution Part 1: Update to SE 2.0.2.


Part 2:
(1) Open the file ImagePreferences.xml from user settings folder
...\SE Client\Settings\Profile\<IdOfUser>
(2) Remove tag between <StudyLevel>0 and <StudyLevel>
E.g. in the example below remove tag <ImageType/>.
(3) Save the file.

Example:
<DX> 
    <StudyLevel>0 
      <ImageType/> 
    </StudyLevel> 
    <ImageType> 
      <Default> 
        <ImageInfo>1</ImageInfo> 
        <ImageScale>1</ImageScale> 
        <DicomOverlay>1</DicomOverlay> 
        <DescendingOrder>0</DescendingOrder> 
        <Layout>0</Layout> 
        <ImagesSynchro>1</ImagesSynchro> 
        <GrowMode>0</GrowMode> 
      </Default> 
    </ImageType> 
  </DX> 

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 33 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

3 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

3.1 SE AE Title

Question How to change the SE AE Title?


Answer The AE Title of the SE doesn’t have to be changed normally. The SE accepts any
Called AE title during incoming DICOM Storage association.
For outcoming communication it can be given any Calling AE title, in the Directory
(DICOM correspondents) configuration.

3.2 User Management

Question How to find out whether the user is enabled and the last login information?
Answer The SE user management tool provides the following information about the user:
 Last connection:
The last time, the user was connected to SE.
 Creation date:
The date, this user was add to SE User Management.
 Last password change:
The last time, the user
changed his password.
 Enable user:
Possibility to enable or disable the user. Disabled means that the user will be
inactive and can’t connect to SE.
 User connected:
Shows, if user is connected at the moment (in real-time).

(1) Click on requested user.


(2) Click Edit user’s properties.
(3) Click <Informations> tab.

NOTE:
When the user is connected, the users name will also be bold in the user list.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 34 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

4 Tips & Tricks

Overview:

1. Testing the Database

2. Testing ODBC-Connections

3. Shrinking and Reorganizing the Database

4. Moving a Database

5. Using HL 7 Inspector Tool

6. Using the DICOM Mailbox

7. Identifying the installed Database Versions

8. Using the SE Suite Service Dashboard

Back to Frontpage

4.1 Testing the Database

On SE Server or SE Standalone:
(1) Open SQL Server Management Studio.
(2) Check whether the databases (as listed in the Section 1 of this chapter) are
available.

The connectivity to the databases can be checked by the ODBC Data Sources tool,
see section 4.2.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 35 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

4.2 Testing ODBC-Connections

(1) Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administration Tools
> Data Sources (ODBC) to open Data Sources (ODBC) tool.
(2) Go to tab System DSN.
(3) Select and double click the ODBC connection to test
(e.g. Admin_ODBC).
(4) Click <Next>.
(5) Enter:
Login ID: sa
Password: For password see menu: SE Central > SE Standalone /
Client > Application > Hanging Protocols
(6) Select Next > Next > Finish > Test Data Source.

Expected result is Test Completed Successfully !

(7) Click <OK>.


(8) Click <OK>.

NOTE:
At problems, check whether the correct SQL Server is entered and whether it is running.
This test can be particularly helpful on an SE Client, to find out whether the Client can see
the server and can connect to both Admin and main database (SE-CLIENT_ODBC).

When e.g. the ODBC connectivity tests are giving successful results and the SE Client still
cannot see the main database (error message before login screen opens).

ACTION:
Check and possibly correct the content of the Base.par file in:
D:\AGFA Healthcare\SE Client\Settings\Base

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 36 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

4.3 Shrinking and Reorganizing the Database

With SE Suite 1.3, two database jobs are created with installation of SE Server or
SE Standalone (see SQL Server Management Studio  SQL Server Agent  Jobs).
 ShrinkDatabases-job
 ReorganizeIndexesForDatabases-job

4.3.1 Details to ShrinkDatabases-job

A database shrink is performed every first Saturday of every month at 02:00:00.


This includes IMPAX_SE, Syslog_DB and Worklist databases.
See also section 4.3.3, Adjusting the Execution Time for the Maintenance Job.

4.3.2 ReorganizeIndexesForDatabases-job

Organizing table indexes over the database enhances query performance for client
applications collecting information from this database.
This task is performed every week on Sunday at 00:00:00 and concerns IMPAX_SE,
Syslog_DB and Worklist databases.
See also section 4.3.3, Adjusting the Execution Time for the Maintenance Job.

4.3.3 Adjusting the Execution Time for the Maintenance Job

Execution time and date for database maintenance jobs may be adjusted.
This ensures that SE Server or SE Standalone machines are switched on and that SE
databases are not used by any SE application during maintenance tasks and until the
end of them.
Follow the steps below in order to adjust execution time and date of a
SQL Server 2005 job:

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 37 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

(1) Start SQL Management Studio 2005


and expand SQL Server Agent node
Jobs.
Note, that if the SQL Server Agent is
not started as service, this node will
be not usable.
(2) Double-click on the job which shall
be adjusted: The dialog below will
be displayed.
(3) Select Schedules in the left tree and
double-click on the job schedule in
the list, as displayed.

Figure 14

Figure 15

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 38 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

(4) Adjust the frequency and daily frequency of the maintenance job.

IMPORTANT:
For the ‘Shrink Database’ job and the ‘Reorganize Indexes’ job, it is highly
recommended not to change the frequency of this job. It is possible to change the day
and time in the green boxes and keep values in the red boxes (frequency).
See Figure 16 and Figure 17.

Figure 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 39 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Figure 17

Result SQL Server 2005 database is compressed and reorganized.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 40 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

4.4 Moving a Database

NOTE:
This section explains how to move the physical database file to another location
(folder, disk) in case database partition is full and it is required to store the new data
on another partition.

(1) Open Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio.

Figure 18

(2) Right click on the database to move (e.g. IMPAX_SE).


(3) Select Properties.
(4) Select Files on the left pane.

Figure 19

The IMPAX_SE database uses two files on disk.


(5) Note the Logical Names of these files.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 41 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

(6) Close this dialog box.

(7) Click the button on Management Studio toolbar.


(8) Type the following script inside the new opened window:

Figure 20

Script:

USE master;
GO

ALTER DATABASE IMPAX_SE


MODIFY FILE (NAME = IMPAX_SE, FILENAME =
'F:\NewDBLocation\IMPAX_SE.mdf');
GO

ALTER DATABASE IMPAX_SE


MODIFY FILE (NAME = IMPAX_SE_log, FILENAME =
'F:\NewDBLocation\IMPAX_SE_log.LDF');
GO

NOTE:
Digital Document version:
(1) Select and copy the complete script in Acrobat Reader.
(2) Paste the script inside the opened window of the
Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 42 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

(9) Execute this script by clicking on button.


It is required to have this response in the lower pane:

IMPORTANT:
The file IMPAX_SE has been modified in the system catalog. The new path will be used
the next time the database is started.
The file IMPAX_SE_log has been modified in the system catalog. The new path will be
used the next time the database is started.

(10) Stop the SQL Server engine in order to move physically the database files.
(11) Right click on the SQL Server engine name on the top of the left pane.

Figure 21

(12) Click on <Stop>.


(13) Move the files to the new physical location as specified into the script.
From the folder:
D:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL.2\MSSQL\DATA
to
F:\NewDBLocation

The original files are named: IMPAX_SE.mdf and IMPAX_SE_log.ldf

(14) Quit the SQL Server Management Studio.


(15) Restart the computer.

Result The physical database is moved to another location.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 43 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

4.5 Using HL 7 Inspector Tool

IMPORTANT:
Service engineers must be familiar with the HL7 standard.

NOTE:
For more information on HL7 refer to chapter configuration of the SE Service
documentation.

Logs allow knowing if an HL7 message has been received and if it has been performed:
 HL7 message of ID %d has been received
 HL7 message of ID %d has not been performed. Check that
message type can be performed by the application. Check the
validity of the message
 Merge has been done between patient %s and patient %s into
patient %s
 Update has been done on patient %s from fields %s into %s.

If an HL7 message has not been performed it can be identified in the folder:
....\HL7Mailbox\problem folder
or in the database: IMPAX_SE in HL7_CACHE table (message column)
Then it is possible to check each field with HL7 Inspector and documentation.

Figure 22

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 44 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

SE: HL7 engine read these following HL7 items (see table), so they are the ones that
must be checked with HL7 Inspector. For that, add the profile AGFA_SE in:
HL7 Inspector in Tools  Profile Manager.
The AGFA_SE profile is available on the SE 1.2 Installation DVD in path:
SE Suite 1.2.0.0\Setup\Client\program files\My Company Name\My Product
Name\Third parties\HL7 Inspector

When pushing on button,


 Icon will appear near HL7 item if it is valid,

 icon will appear near HL7 item if value is too long or undefined,

 Icon will appear near HL7 item if it is not valid (missing item, not valid value,
repetition count overflow etc.).

Figure 23

Figure 24

Figure 25

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 45 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Figure 26

NOTE:
If the HL7 message does not begin by the string MSH, remove all characters
before MSH.

Example:

NOTE:
Patient data like names and addresses were anonymized with black fields
to keep data private.

Figure 27

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 46 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

Result:

Figure 28

4.6 Using the DICOM Mailbox

NOTE:
The DICOM mailbox available in the ‘Settings’ folder of SE Standalone and SE Server
is intended to manually integrate DICOM instances (.dcm files) in the SE databases for
troubleshooting purposes.
Files can be integrated in databases when SE Standalone application or SE Server
service is running.
Corrupted files or other file formats (e.g. thumbnails images (.dic)) can make the SE
standalone / SE server application hang-up.

Proceeding:
(1) Configure the DICOM mailbox directory on the SE Client / SE Standalone in menu
<Options><Application Settings><Acquisition>. For details refer to
chapters 5.1 (Configuration SE Standalone) or 5.3 (Configuration SE Client).
(2) Copy the DICOM files (.dcm) or reports (.txt or .doc) to the DICOM mailbox
directory (e.g. D:\Agfa HealthCare\ClientSettings\DicomMailbox)

Result The DICOM files are integrated in the database and can be used for further
troubleshooting.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 47 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

4.7 Identifying the installed Database Versions

NOTE:
To identify the version of the SE databases available on the installed SE system a
"DBVersions" Tools is available:

Figure 29

Proceeding:
(1) Start the DBVersions executable file from folders:
- For SE Standalone: C:\Program Files\AGFA Healthcare\SE Client\bin
- For SE Server: C:\Program Files\AGFA Healthcare\SE Server\bin
(2) Check the installed database versions.

Result The database versions are displayed.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 48 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

4.8 Using the SE Suite Service Dashboard

NOTE:
The Service Dashboard module allows keeping an eye on all SE services. It shows the
status of each service. See also Table 1 on page 51.
It starts minimized as an icon (gear) at the left of the time in the main toolbar of
Windows.

Figure 30

(1) Double-click (or use right click) on the Service Dashboard – see Figure 30.
(2) Select “Restore” to display the main screen. See section 2.7 if the services are
not displayed.

Figure 31

NOTE:
The following steps require administrator rights.

(3) Use right click on a service to start, stop or restart it.


(4) Change settings by clicking on the button “Settings…” (Or right click on the tray
icon and select “Settings…”)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 49 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

Figure 32

(5) To be notified by an e-mail when a problem occurs with a service, fill the SMTP
fields:
 SMTP Server address: Type an address or a name of SMTP server.
 User name & Password: Only required if the SMTP server needs
authentication.
 Mail To: Address to send the e-mail.
(6) Change the refreshment speed of the “survey process”. By default, services are
tested every 1 second.
(7) Change the display duration of the message balloon. The default is 5 seconds.
(8) To close the Service Dashboard, minimize the main screen, right click on the tray
icon and select “Exit”.

Service Dashboard Messages Table:

Service Name Event Message


SQL Server Started This service is running properly
Engine
Stopped Warning: this service is not running! This
problem will cause the system no longer to
function normally
Undefined Error: This service is not installed!
Please call the system administrator to
reinstall this application
SQL Server Started This service is running properly

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 50 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E

Service Name Event Message


Agent Stopped Warning: this service is not running! This
problem will cause the system no longer to
function normally
Undefined Warning: This service is not installed or
activated! Some administrative functions
will not be processed
Syslog Started This service is running properly
Stopped Warning: this service is not running! No
logfiles will be recorded
Undefined Error: This service is currently not
activated (used for logging error messages
of the SE software)
Dicom Worklist Started This service is running properly
Stopped Warning: this service is not running! No
worklist will be available at your
modalities; SE Worklist Client will not
function
Undefined This service is not activated (used to
create DICOM worklists for your modalities
- this is a licensed option)
HL7 Gateway Started This service is running properly
Stopped Warning: this service is not running! This
problem will cause the system no longer to
function normally
Undefined This service is not activated (used to
process HL7 messages from the RIS system -
this is a licensed option)
Table 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 51 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS222.11E Troubleshooting

4.9 Testing Ports at SE Server / SE Standalone

(1) For SE Server only: Click on <Start


service>
The Server Service starts.
(2) Open a command prompt window.
(3) Change directory to C:\
(4) Type:
netstat -ab > ports_list.txt
and press <ENTER>. Figure 33

(5) A list of used ports is created and saved in file C:\portslist.txt>.


This list must contain
- For SE Server: Port 304
- For SE Standalone: Port 104

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 SE Suite 2.0 Chapter 9 / Page 52 of 52


06-2013 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE ReadMeFirst
Imaging Services Service Manual for Download

► Purpose of this Document


This document describes how to
• add the “order list for documentation”.
• print.
• add comments.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2 06-2008 Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a
printed manual. See section 1.

Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008 printed in Germany
Document Node ID: 16099429
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
ReadMeFirst

1 Integrating the Order List for Documentation

IMPORTANT:
The “order list for documentation” is not part of the service manual for download.
Purpose of the “order list for documentation”:
To verify the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual.

(1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest.
(2) Select “Order list and Front page → PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for
Documentation”.
(3) Download the “order list for documentation” to your computer.
(4) When creating a paper manual:
Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.

2 Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual

IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.

Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if


available.
Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 2 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst

2.1 Printing single Pages or Chapters

To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:


(1) Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.
(2) Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.

Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar

(3) Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.


(4) Select "Print".
(5) Select the page range.
(6) Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7) Select “OK”.

Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 3 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst

NOTE:
“Shrink to printable area” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
“reduce to printer margins” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”.

2.2 Printing the complete Service Manual

To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:


(1) Select "Print".
(2) Select “All”.
(3) Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center"
(see NOTE above).
(4) Select “OK”.

Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual

3 Adding Comments
• If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
• This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.

Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 4 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst

3.1 Exporting your Comments

NOTE:
Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.

(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".

Figure 5: Drop down menu “Comment & Markup”

(2) Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3) Select “Options - Export Selected Comments”.
(4) Save the file with any name.

3.2 Importing Comments

(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".
(2) Select “Options - Import Comments”.
(3) Browse for the comments file and press “select”.

NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 5 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential

You might also like